]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blame - gas/doc/as.texinfo
Automatic date update in version.in
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
6f2750fe 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132
RH
34@ifset AOUT
35@set aout-bout
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
252b5132
RH
43@ifset BOUT
44@set aout-bout
45@end ifset
46@ifset H8/300
47@set H8
48@end ifset
252b5132
RH
49@ifset SH
50@set H8
51@end ifset
52@ifset HPPA
53@set abnormal-separator
54@end ifset
55@c ------------
56@ifset GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS}
58@end ifset
59@ifclear GENERIC
60@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
61@end ifclear
62@setchapternewpage odd
63@c %**end of header
64
65@c @smallbook
66@c @set SMALL
67@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
68@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
69@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
70@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 71@c
252b5132
RH
72@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
73@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
74@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
75@c break.
01642c12 76@c
252b5132
RH
77@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
78@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
79@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
80@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 81@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
82@ifinfo
83@set SMALL
84@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
85@c might as well show 'em anyways.
86@end ifinfo
87
9160ea82
AM
88@ifnottex
89@dircategory Software development
90@direntry
252b5132 91* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 92* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
93@end direntry
94@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
6f2750fe 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 104
0285c67d 105Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 106under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
107or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
108with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
109Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 110section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
111
112@c man end
0e9517a9 113@end copying
252b5132
RH
114
115@titlepage
116@title Using @value{AS}
117@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
118@ifclear GENERIC
119@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
120@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
121@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
122@sp 1
123@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
124@end ifset
252b5132
RH
125@sp 1
126@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
127@sp 1
128@sp 13
b45619c0 129The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 130Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 131first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
132The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
133distracting the boss while they got some work
134done.
135@sp 3
136@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
137@page
138@tex
139{\parskip=0pt
140\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
141\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
142}
143%"boxit" macro for figures:
144%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
145\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
146 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
147#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
148\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
149@end tex
150
151@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
6f2750fe 152Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 153
cf055d54 154 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 155 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
156 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
157 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
158 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 159 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 160
252b5132 161@end titlepage
4ecceb71 162@contents
252b5132 163
2e64b665 164@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
165@node Top
166@top Using @value{AS}
167
e49e529d
JM
168This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
169@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
170@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
171@end ifset
172version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 173@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 174This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
175code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
176@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
177
178This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
179Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 180section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 181
252b5132
RH
182@menu
183* Overview:: Overview
184* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
185* Syntax:: Syntax
186* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
187* Symbols:: Symbols
188* Expressions:: Expressions
189* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
190@ifset ELF
191* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
192@end ifset
252b5132
RH
193* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
194* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
195* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 196* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 197* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 198@end menu
2e64b665 199@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
200
201@node Overview
202@chapter Overview
203@iftex
a4fb0134 204This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 205@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 206This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
207code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
208@end ifclear
209@end iftex
210
211@cindex invocation summary
212@cindex option summary
213@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 214Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 215see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 216
0285c67d
NC
217@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
218
a4fb0134 219@ignore
0285c67d
NC
220@c man begin SEEALSO
221gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
222@c man end
a4fb0134 223@end ignore
0285c67d 224
252b5132
RH
225@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
226@c to be limited to one line for the header.
227@smallexample
0285c67d 228@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 229@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 230 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 231 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 232 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2
NC
233 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
234 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
235 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
236 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
d60646b9 237 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}]
2edb36e7 238 [@b{--no-pad-sections}]
d60646b9
NC
239 [@b{-o} @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}]
240 [@b{--hash-size}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}]
241 [@b{--statistics}]
242 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}]
243 [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}] [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}]
244 [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
451133ce 245 [@b{--sectname-subst}] [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
b8871f35 246 [@b{--elf-stt-common=[no|yes]}]
a0b7da79
MM
247 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
248 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134 249@c
6387924a 250@c man end
a4fb0134 251@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 252@c Add an empty line for separation.
6387924a 253@c man begin TARGET
a06ea964
NC
254@ifset AARCH64
255
256@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
257 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 258 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 259@end ifset
625e1353
RH
260@ifset ALPHA
261
262@emph{Target Alpha options:}
263 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
264 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 265 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
266 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
267 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
268@end ifset
252b5132 269@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
270
271@emph{Target ARC options:}
886a2506
NC
272 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
273 [@b{-mA6}|@b{-mARC600}|@b{-mARC601}|@b{-mA7}|@b{-mARC700}|@b{-mEM}|@b{-mHS}]
274 [@b{-mcode-density}]
4670103e 275 [@b{-mrelax}]
a4fb0134 276 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
277@end ifset
278@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
279
280@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 281@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
282 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
283 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
284 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
285 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 286 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 287 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
288 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
289 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
290 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 291 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 292@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
293@ifset Blackfin
294
295@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
296 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
297 [@b{-mfdpic}]
298 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
299 [@b{-mnopic}]
300@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
301@ifset CRIS
302
303@emph{Target CRIS options:}
304 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
305 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
306 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 307 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
308@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
309@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
310@end ifset
252b5132 311@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
312
313@emph{Target D10V options:}
314 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
315@end ifset
316@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
317
318@emph{Target D30V options:}
319 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 320@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
321@ifset EPIPHANY
322
323@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
324 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
325@end ifset
252b5132 326@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
327
328@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
329 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
330@end ifset
331@ifset HPPA
332@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
333@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
334@ifset I80386
335
336@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 337 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 338 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
339@end ifset
340@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
341
342@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 343@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
344 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
345 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
346 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 347@end ifset
587fe2b3 348@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 349
9e32ca89
NC
350@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
351 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
352 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
353 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 354 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 355 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 356 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
357 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
358@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
359@ifset IP2K
360
361@emph{Target IP2K options:}
362 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
363@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
364@ifset M32C
365
366@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 367 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 368@end ifset
587fe2b3 369@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 370
a4fb0134
SC
371@emph{Target M32R options:}
372 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 373 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 374@end ifset
252b5132 375@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
376
377@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
378 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 379@end ifset
60bcf0fa 380@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
381
382@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 383 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
384 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
385 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 386 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
387 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
388 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
389@end ifset
390@ifset MCORE
391
392@emph{Target MCORE options:}
393 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
394 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 395@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
396@ifset METAG
397
398@emph{Target Meta options:}
399 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
400@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
401@ifset MICROBLAZE
402@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
403@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
404@end ifset
252b5132 405@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
406
407@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 408 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 409 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 410 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5 411 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
351cdf24
MF
412 [@b{-mfp64}] [@b{-mgp64}] [@b{-mfpxx}]
413 [@b{-modd-spreg}] [@b{-mno-odd-spreg}]
437ee9d5 414 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 415 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
7361da2c
AB
416 [@b{-mips32r3}] [@b{-mips32r5}] [@b{-mips32r6}] [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
417 [@b{-mips64r3}] [@b{-mips64r5}] [@b{-mips64r6}]
437ee9d5 418 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
ba92f887 419 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 420 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 421 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
df58fc94 422 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 423 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 424 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 425 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 426 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 427 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
8f4f9071 428 [@b{-mdspr3}] [@b{-mno-dspr3}]
56d438b1 429 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
7d64c587 430 [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}]
ef2e4d86 431 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 432 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
833794fc 433 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 434 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 435 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
436 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
437 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 438 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 439 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
440@end ifset
441@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
442
443@emph{Target MMIX options:}
444 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
445 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
446 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 447 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 448@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
449@ifset NIOSII
450
451@emph{Target Nios II options:}
452 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
453 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
454@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
455@ifset NDS32
456
457@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
458 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
459 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
460 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
461 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
462 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
463 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
464 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
465 [@b{-mb2bb}]
466@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
467@ifset PDP11
468
469@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
470 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
471 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 472 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
473@end ifset
474@ifset PJ
475
476@emph{Target picoJava options:}
477 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
478@end ifset
479@ifset PPC
480
481@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
482 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
483 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
484 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
aea77599 485 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|@b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|
b36546d2 486 @b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
a680de9a
PB
487 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-mpower9}|@b{-mpwr9}@b{-ma2}|
488 @b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
5817ffd1 489 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 490 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
491 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
492 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 493 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 494 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 495@end ifset
856ea05c
KP
496@ifset RL78
497
498@emph{Target RL78 options:}
499 [@b{-mg10}]
500 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
501@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
502@ifset RX
503
504@emph{Target RX options:}
505 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 506 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
507 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
508 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
509 [@b{-mpid}]
510 [@b{-mrelax}]
511 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
512 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 513@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
514@ifset S390
515
516@emph{Target s390 options:}
517 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
518 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
519 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
520@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
521@ifset SCORE
522
523@emph{Target SCORE options:}
524 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
525 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
526 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
527 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
528@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
529@ifset SPARC
530
531@emph{Target SPARC options:}
532@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
46a2d504
JM
533 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Aleon}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
534 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av8plusb}|@b{-Av8plusc}|@b{-Av8plusd}
535 @b{-Av8plusv}|@b{-Av8plusm}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}|@b{-Av9b}|@b{-Av9c}
536 @b{-Av9d}|@b{-Av9e}|@b{-Av9v}|@b{-Av9m}|@b{-Asparc}|@b{-Asparcvis}
537 @b{-Asparcvis2}|@b{-Asparcfmaf}|@b{-Asparcima}|@b{-Asparcvis3}
538 @b{-Asparcvisr}|@b{-Asparc5}]
539 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}]|@b{-xarch=v8plusb}|@b{-xarch=v8plusc}
540 @b{-xarch=v8plusd}|@b{-xarch=v8plusv}|@b{-xarch=v8plusm}|@b{-xarch=v9}
541 @b{-xarch=v9a}|@b{-xarch=v9b}|@b{-xarch=v9c}|@b{-xarch=v9d}|@b{-xarch=v9e}
542 @b{-xarch=v9v}|@b{-xarch=v9m}|@b{-xarch=sparc}|@b{-xarch=sparcvis}
543 @b{-xarch=sparcvis2}|@b{-xarch=sparcfmaf}|@b{-xarch=sparcima}
544 @b{-xarch=sparcvis3}|@b{-xarch=sparcvisr}|@b{-xarch=sparc5}
545 @b{-bump}]
a4fb0134 546 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
46a2d504 547 [@b{--enforce-aligned-data}][@b{--dcti-couples-detect}]
a4fb0134
SC
548@end ifset
549@ifset TIC54X
550
551@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 552 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
553 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
554@end ifset
40b36596
JM
555@ifset TIC6X
556
557@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
558 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
559 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
560 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 561@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
562@ifset TILEGX
563
564@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 565 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
566@end ifset
567@ifset TILEPRO
568@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
569@end ifset
b6605ddd 570@ifset VISIUM
40b36596 571
b6605ddd
EB
572@emph{Target Visium options:}
573 [@b{-mtune=@var{arch}}]
574@end ifset
2d8b84ae
SA
575@ifset XTENSA
576
577@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
b46824bd
MF
578 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]auto-litpools}]
579 [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
2d8b84ae
SA
580 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
581 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
582 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 583 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
2d8b84ae 584@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
585@ifset Z80
586
587@emph{Target Z80 options:}
588 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
589 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
590 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
591 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
592 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
593 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
594 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
595@end ifset
a4fb0134 596@ifset Z8000
b6605ddd 597
a4fb0134 598@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 599@end ifset
e0001a05 600
0285c67d 601@c man end
252b5132
RH
602@end smallexample
603
0285c67d
NC
604@c man begin OPTIONS
605
a4fb0134 606@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 607@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 608
83f10cb2 609@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
610Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
611
a4fb0134 612@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
613@item -ac
614omit false conditionals
615
616@item -ad
617omit debugging directives
618
83f10cb2
NC
619@item -ag
620include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
621
252b5132
RH
622@item -ah
623include high-level source
624
625@item -al
626include assembly
627
628@item -am
629include macro expansions
630
631@item -an
632omit forms processing
633
634@item -as
635include symbols
636
637@item =file
638set the name of the listing file
639@end table
640
641You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
642listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
643the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
644
caa32fe5 645@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
646Begin in alternate macro mode.
647@ifclear man
648@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
649@end ifclear
caa32fe5 650
955974c6 651@item --compress-debug-sections
19a7fe52
L
652Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib with SHF_COMPRESSED from the
653ELF ABI. The resulting object file may not be compatible with older
654linkers and object file utilities. Note if compression would make a
655given section @emph{larger} then it is not compressed.
955974c6 656
151411f8
L
657@ifset ELF
658@cindex @samp{--compress-debug-sections=} option
659@item --compress-debug-sections=none
660@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib
661@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu
662@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi
663These options control how DWARF debug sections are compressed.
664@option{--compress-debug-sections=none} is equivalent to
665@option{--nocompress-debug-sections}.
666@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib} and
19a7fe52 667@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi} are equivalent to
151411f8 668@option{--compress-debug-sections}.
19a7fe52
L
669@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu} compresses DWARF debug
670sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed to begin with
671@samp{.zdebug}. Note if compression would make a given section
672@emph{larger} then it is not compressed nor renamed.
673
151411f8
L
674@end ifset
675
955974c6 676@item --nocompress-debug-sections
e12fe555
NC
677Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is usually the default for all
678targets except the x86/x86_64, but a configure time option can be used to
679override this.
955974c6 680
252b5132
RH
681@item -D
682Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
683other assemblers.
684
3d6b762c
JM
685@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
686When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
687information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
688
252b5132
RH
689@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
690Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
691@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
692indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
693value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
694use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
695
696@item -f
697``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
698compiler output).
699
329e276d
NC
700@item -g
701@itemx --gen-debug
702Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
703debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
704ECOFF or DWARF2.
705
252b5132
RH
706@item --gstabs
707Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
708may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
709
05da4302
NC
710@item --gstabs+
711Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
712extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
713debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
714may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
715the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
716
329e276d 717@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 718Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 719may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 720option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 721
b40bf0a2
NC
722@item --gdwarf-sections
723Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
724.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
725corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
726will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
727@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
728then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
729suffix.
730
b8871f35 731@ifset ELF
21be61f5
L
732@item --size-check=error
733@itemx --size-check=warning
734Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
735
b8871f35
L
736@item --elf-stt-common=no
737@itemx --elf-stt-common=yes
738These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate common
739symbols with the @code{STT_COMMON} type. The default can be controlled
740by a configure option @option{--enable-elf-stt-common}.
741@end ifset
742
252b5132
RH
743@item --help
744Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
745
ea20a7da
CC
746@item --target-help
747Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
748
252b5132
RH
749@item -I @var{dir}
750Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
751
752@item -J
753Don't warn about signed overflow.
754
755@item -K
756@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
757This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
758@end ifclear
759@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
760Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
761@end ifset
762
763@item -L
764@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
765Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
766system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
767or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
768@ifclear man
769@xref{Symbol Names}.
770@end ifclear
252b5132 771
c3a27914
NC
772@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
773Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
774listing to @var{number}.
775
776@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
777Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
778lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
779
780@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
781Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
782@var{number} bytes.
783
784@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
785Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
786to @var{number} + 1.
787
2edb36e7
NC
788@item --no-pad-sections
789Stop the assembler for padding the ends of output sections to the alignment
790of that section. The default is to pad the sections, but this can waste space
791which might be needed on targets which have tight memory constraints.
792
252b5132 793@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 794Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
795
796@item -R
797Fold the data section into the text section.
798
d60646b9 799@item --hash-size=@var{number}
4bdd3565
NC
800Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
801@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
802assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
803memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
804requirements at the expense of speed.
805
806@item --reduce-memory-overheads
807This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
808assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
809@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
810
451133ce
NP
811@ifset ELF
812@item --sectname-subst
813Honor substitution sequences in section names.
814@ifclear man
815@xref{Section Name Substitutions,,@code{.section @var{name}}}.
816@end ifclear
817@end ifset
818
252b5132
RH
819@item --statistics
820Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
821assembly.
822
823@item --strip-local-absolute
824Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
825
826@item -v
827@itemx -version
a4fb0134 828Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
829
830@item --version
a4fb0134 831Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
832
833@item -W
2bdd6cf5 834@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
835Suppress warning messages.
836
2bdd6cf5
GK
837@item --fatal-warnings
838Treat warnings as errors.
839
840@item --warn
841Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
842
252b5132
RH
843@item -w
844Ignored.
845
846@item -x
847Ignored.
848
849@item -Z
850Generate an object file even after errors.
851
852@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
853Standard input, or source files to assemble.
854
855@end table
2a633939
JM
856@c man end
857
a06ea964
NC
858@ifset AARCH64
859
860@ifclear man
861@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
862for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
863@end ifclear
864
865@ifset man
866@c man begin OPTIONS
867The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
86864-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
869@c man end
870@c man begin INCLUDE
871@include c-aarch64.texi
872@c ended inside the included file
873@end ifset
874
875@end ifset
876
2a633939
JM
877@ifset ALPHA
878
879@ifclear man
880@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
881for an Alpha processor.
882@end ifclear
883
884@ifset man
885@c man begin OPTIONS
886The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
887processor.
888@c man end
889@c man begin INCLUDE
890@include c-alpha.texi
891@c ended inside the included file
892@end ifset
893
894@end ifset
252b5132 895
2a633939 896@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 897@ifset ARC
886a2506
NC
898The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an ARC
899processor.
252b5132 900
a4fb0134 901@table @gcctabopt
886a2506 902@item -mcpu=@var{cpu}
0d2bcfaf
NC
903This option selects the core processor variant.
904@item -EB | -EL
905Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
886a2506
NC
906@item -mcode-density
907Enable Code Density extenssion instructions.
252b5132
RH
908@end table
909@end ifset
910
911@ifset ARM
912The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
913processor family.
914
a4fb0134 915@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 916@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 917Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 918@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 919Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 920@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 921Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
922@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
923Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
924@item -mthumb
925Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 926@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
927Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
928@item -EB | -EL
929Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
930@item -mthumb-interwork
931Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
932ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
933@item -mccs
934Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
935@item -k
936Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
937@end table
938@end ifset
635fb38d 939@c man end
252b5132 940
9982501a 941@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
942
943@ifclear man
944@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
945configured for the Blackfin processor family.
946@end ifclear
947
948@ifset man
949@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
950The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
951the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
952@c man end
953@c man begin INCLUDE
954@include c-bfin.texi
955@c ended inside the included file
956@end ifset
9982501a 957
9982501a
JZ
958@end ifset
959
635fb38d 960@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
961@ifset CRIS
962See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
963@end ifset
964
252b5132
RH
965@ifset D10V
966The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
967a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 968@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
969@cindex D10V optimization
970@cindex optimization, D10V
971@item -O
972Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
973@end table
974@end ifset
975
976@ifset D30V
977The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
978processor.
a4fb0134 979@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
980@cindex D30V optimization
981@cindex optimization, D30V
982@item -O
983Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
984
985@cindex D30V nops
986@item -n
987Warn when nops are generated.
988
989@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
990@item -N
991Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
992@end table
993@end ifset
731caf76
L
994@c man end
995
cfb8c092
NC
996@ifset EPIPHANY
997The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
998Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
999
56b13185
JR
1000@ifclear man
1001@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1002configured for an Epiphany processor.
1003@end ifclear
cfb8c092 1004
56b13185
JR
1005@ifset man
1006@c man begin OPTIONS
1007The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1008an Epiphany processor.
1009@c man end
1010@c man begin INCLUDE
1011@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
1012@c ended inside the included file
1013@end ifset
1014
1015@end ifset
1016
1017@ifset H8300
1018
1019@ifclear man
1020@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1021for an H8/300 processor.
1022@end ifclear
1023
1024@ifset man
1025@c man begin OPTIONS
1026The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
1027processor.
1028@c man end
1029@c man begin INCLUDE
1030@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
1031@c ended inside the included file
1032@end ifset
cfb8c092 1033
cfb8c092
NC
1034@end ifset
1035
731caf76 1036@ifset I80386
252b5132 1037
731caf76
L
1038@ifclear man
1039@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1040configured for an i386 processor.
1041@end ifclear
1042
1043@ifset man
1044@c man begin OPTIONS
1045The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1046an i386 processor.
1047@c man end
1048@c man begin INCLUDE
1049@include c-i386.texi
1050@c ended inside the included file
1051@end ifset
1052
1053@end ifset
1054
1055@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
1056@ifset I960
1057The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1058Intel 80960 processor.
1059
a4fb0134 1060@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1061@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
1062Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
1063
1064@item -b
1065Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
1066
1067@item -no-relax
1068Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
1069error if necessary.
1070
1071@end table
1072@end ifset
1073
a40cbfa3
NC
1074@ifset IP2K
1075The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 1076Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
1077
1078@table @gcctabopt
1079
1080@item -mip2022ext
1081Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1082
1083@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1084Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1085just the basic IP2022 ones.
1086
1087@end table
1088@end ifset
1089
49f58d10
JB
1090@ifset M32C
1091The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1092Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1093
1094@table @gcctabopt
1095
1096@item -m32c
1097Assemble M32C instructions.
1098
1099@item -m16c
1100Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1101
c54b5932
DD
1102@item -relax
1103Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1104
1105@item -h-tick-hex
1106Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1107
49f58d10
JB
1108@end table
1109@end ifset
1110
ec694b89
NC
1111@ifset M32R
1112The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1113Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1114
a4fb0134 1115@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1116
1117@item --m32rx
1118Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1119is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1120
1121@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1122Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1123encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1124
1125@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1126Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1127encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1128
1129@end table
1130@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1131
1132@ifset M680X0
1133The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1134Motorola 68000 series.
1135
a4fb0134 1136@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1137
1138@item -l
1139Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1140
0285c67d
NC
1141@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1142@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1143@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1144Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1145is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1146
1147@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1148The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1149The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1150the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1151two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1152coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1153
1154@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1155The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1156unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1157
1158@end table
1159@end ifset
1160
36591ba1
SL
1161@ifset NIOSII
1162
1163@ifclear man
1164@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1165for an Altera Nios II processor.
1166@end ifclear
1167
1168@ifset man
1169@c man begin OPTIONS
1170The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1171Altera Nios II processor.
1172@c man end
1173@c man begin INCLUDE
1174@include c-nios2.texi
1175@c ended inside the included file
1176@end ifset
1177@end ifset
1178
e135f41b
NC
1179@ifset PDP11
1180
1181For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1182see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1183
a4fb0134 1184@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1185@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1186Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1187default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1188
1189@item -mall
1190@itemx -mall-extensions
1191Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1192
1193@item -mno-extensions
1194Disable all instruction set extensions.
1195
1196@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1197Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1198
1199@item -m@var{cpu}
1200Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1201disable all other extensions.
1202
1203@item -m@var{machine}
1204Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1205model, and disable all other extensions.
1206@end table
1207
1208@end ifset
1209
041dd5a9
ILT
1210@ifset PJ
1211The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1212a picoJava processor.
1213
a4fb0134 1214@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1215
1216@cindex PJ endianness
1217@cindex endianness, PJ
1218@cindex big endian output, PJ
1219@item -mb
1220Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1221
1222@cindex little endian output, PJ
1223@item -ml
1224Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1225
1226@end table
1227@end ifset
1228
60bcf0fa
NC
1229@ifset M68HC11
1230The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1231Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1232
a4fb0134 1233@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1234
6927f982 1235@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1236Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1237defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1238
6927f982
NC
1239@item --xgate-ramoffset
1240Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1241XGATE address space.
1242
2f904664
SC
1243@item -mshort
1244Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1245
1246@item -mlong
01642c12 1247Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1248
1249@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1250Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1251
1252@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1253Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1254
1370e33d 1255@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1256Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1257conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1258sub routine.
1259
1370e33d
NC
1260@item -S | --short-branches
1261Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1262when the offset is out of range.
1263
1264@item --strict-direct-mode
1265Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1266when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1267
1268@item --print-insn-syntax
1269Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1270
1271@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1272Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1273
1274@item --generate-example
6927f982 1275Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1276This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1277
1278@end table
1279@end ifset
1280
252b5132 1281@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1282The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1283for the SPARC architecture:
1284
a4fb0134 1285@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1286@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1287@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1288Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1289
1290@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1291@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1292
1293@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1294UltraSPARC extensions.
1295
1296@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1297For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1298equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1299
1300@item -bump
1301Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1302@end table
1303@end ifset
1304
39bec121
TW
1305@ifset TIC54X
1306The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1307architecture.
39bec121 1308
a4fb0134 1309@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1310@item -mfar-mode
1311Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1312extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1313@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1314Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1315@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1316Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1317behaviour in the shell.
1318@end table
1319@end ifset
1320
252b5132
RH
1321@ifset MIPS
1322The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1323a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1324
a4fb0134 1325@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1326@item -G @var{num}
1327This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1328implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1329use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1330
1331@cindex MIPS endianness
1332@cindex endianness, MIPS
1333@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1334@item -EB
1335Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1336
1337@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1338@item -EL
1339Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1340
1341@cindex MIPS ISA
1342@item -mips1
1343@itemx -mips2
1344@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1345@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1346@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1347@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1348@itemx -mips32r2
ae52f483
AB
1349@itemx -mips32r3
1350@itemx -mips32r5
7361da2c 1351@itemx -mips32r6
4058e45f 1352@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1353@itemx -mips64r2
ae52f483
AB
1354@itemx -mips64r3
1355@itemx -mips64r5
7361da2c 1356@itemx -mips64r6
98508b2a 1357Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1358@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1359alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1360@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
ae52f483 1361@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips32r3},
7361da2c
AB
1362@samp{-mips32r5}, @samp{-mips32r6}, @samp{-mips64}, @samp{-mips64r2},
1363@samp{-mips64r3}, @samp{-mips64r5}, and @samp{-mips64r6} correspond to generic
1364MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2, MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS32
1365Release 6, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2, MIPS64 Release 3, MIPS64 Release 5, and
1366MIPS64 Release 6 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1367
98508b2a
RS
1368@item -march=@var{cpu}
1369Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1370
1371@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1372Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1373
1374@item -mfix7000
1375@itemx -mno-fix7000
1376Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1377of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1378
a8d14a88
CM
1379@item -mfix-rm7000
1380@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1381Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1382followed by a load instruction.
1383
ecb4347a
DJ
1384@item -mdebug
1385@itemx -no-mdebug
1386Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1387section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1388
dcd410fe
RO
1389@item -mpdr
1390@itemx -mno-pdr
1391Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1392
437ee9d5
TS
1393@item -mgp32
1394@itemx -mfp32
1395The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1396flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1397all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1398and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1399
351cdf24
MF
1400@item -mgp64
1401@itemx -mfp64
1402The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1403flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 64 bits wide at
1404all times. @samp{-mgp64} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1405and @samp{-mfp64} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1406
1407@item -mfpxx
1408The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but using
1409this flag in combination with @samp{-mabi=32} enables an ABI variant
1410which will operate correctly with floating-point registers which are
141132 or 64 bits wide.
1412
1413@item -modd-spreg
1414@itemx -mno-odd-spreg
1415Enable use of floating-point operations on odd-numbered single-precision
1416registers when supported by the ISA. @samp{-mfpxx} implies
1417@samp{-mno-odd-spreg}, otherwise the default is @samp{-modd-spreg}.
1418
437ee9d5
TS
1419@item -mips16
1420@itemx -no-mips16
1421Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1422@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1423turns off this option.
252b5132 1424
df58fc94
RS
1425@item -mmicromips
1426@itemx -mno-micromips
1427Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
1428@code{.set micromips} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-micromips}
1429turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set nomicromips}
1430at the start of the assembly file.
1431
e16bfa71
TS
1432@item -msmartmips
1433@itemx -mno-smartmips
1434Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1435equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1436@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1437
1f25f5d3
CD
1438@item -mips3d
1439@itemx -no-mips3d
1440Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1441This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1442@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1443
deec1734
CD
1444@item -mdmx
1445@itemx -no-mdmx
1446Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1447This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1448@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1449
2ef2b9ae
CF
1450@item -mdsp
1451@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1452Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1453This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1454@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1455
8b082fb1
TS
1456@item -mdspr2
1457@itemx -mno-dspr2
1458Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
8f4f9071 1459This option implies @samp{-mdsp}.
8b082fb1
TS
1460This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1461@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1462
8f4f9071
MF
1463@item -mdspr3
1464@itemx -mno-dspr3
1465Generate code for the DSP Release 3 Application Specific Extension.
1466This option implies @samp{-mdsp} and @samp{-mdspr2}.
1467This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 3 instructions.
1468@samp{-mno-dspr3} turns off this option.
1469
56d438b1
CF
1470@item -mmsa
1471@itemx -mno-msa
1472Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1473This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1474@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1475
7d64c587
AB
1476@item -mxpa
1477@itemx -mno-xpa
1478Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension.
1479This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions.
1480@samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option.
1481
ef2e4d86
CF
1482@item -mmt
1483@itemx -mno-mt
1484Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1485This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1486@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1487
dec0624d
MR
1488@item -mmcu
1489@itemx -mno-mcu
1490Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1491This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1492@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1493
833794fc
MR
1494@item -minsn32
1495@itemx -mno-insn32
1496Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1497microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1498instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1499the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1500option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1501start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1502selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1503
437ee9d5
TS
1504@item --construct-floats
1505@itemx --no-construct-floats
1506The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1507double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1508value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1509the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1510selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1511
3bf0dbfb
MR
1512@item --relax-branch
1513@itemx --no-relax-branch
1514The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1515branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1516out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1517
ba92f887
MR
1518@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1519Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1520(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1521
252b5132
RH
1522@cindex emulation
1523@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1524This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1525on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1526removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1527It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1528
1529The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1530@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1531is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1532big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1533preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1534
1535@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1536@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1537the native tools.
1538
252b5132
RH
1539@item --trap
1540@itemx --no-trap
1541@itemx --break
1542@itemx --no-break
1543Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1544@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1545(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1546@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1547break exception.
63486801
L
1548
1549@item -n
a4fb0134 1550When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1551time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1552@end table
1553@end ifset
1554
1555@ifset MCORE
1556The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1557an MCore processor.
1558
a4fb0134 1559@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1560@item -jsri2bsr
1561@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1562Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1563The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1564
1565@item -sifilter
1566@itemx -nosifilter
1567Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1568The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1569
1570@item -relax
1571Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1572
ec694b89
NC
1573@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1574Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1575can be assembled.
1576
1577@item -EB
1578Assemble for a big endian target.
1579
1580@item -EL
1581Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1582
1583@end table
1584@end ifset
a3c62988 1585@c man end
252b5132 1586
a3c62988
NC
1587@ifset METAG
1588
1589@ifclear man
1590@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1591for a Meta processor.
1592@end ifclear
1593
1594@ifset man
1595@c man begin OPTIONS
1596The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1597Meta processor.
1598@c man end
1599@c man begin INCLUDE
1600@include c-metag.texi
1601@c ended inside the included file
1602@end ifset
1603
1604@end ifset
1605
1606@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1607@ifset MMIX
1608See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1609@end ifset
1610
35c08157
KLC
1611@ifset NDS32
1612
1613@ifclear man
1614@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1615for a NDS32 processor.
1616@end ifclear
1617@c ended inside the included file
1618@end ifset
1619
1620@ifset man
1621@c man begin OPTIONS
1622The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1623NDS32 processor.
1624@c man end
1625@c man begin INCLUDE
1626@include c-nds32.texi
1627@c ended inside the included file
1628@end ifset
1629
635fb38d 1630@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1631@ifset PPC
1632
1633@ifclear man
1634@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1635for a PowerPC processor.
1636@end ifclear
1637
1638@ifset man
1639@c man begin OPTIONS
1640The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1641PowerPC processor.
1642@c man end
1643@c man begin INCLUDE
1644@include c-ppc.texi
1645@c ended inside the included file
1646@end ifset
1647
1648@end ifset
1649
635fb38d 1650@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1651@ifset RX
1652See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1653@end ifset
1654
11c19e16
MS
1655@ifset S390
1656The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1657processor family.
1658
1659@table @gcctabopt
1660@item -m31
1661@itemx -m64
1662Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1663@item -mesa
1664@item -mzarch
1665Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1666Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1667@item -march=@var{processor}
952c3f51
AK
1668Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g5} (or
1669@samp{arch3}), @samp{g6}, @samp{z900} (or @samp{arch5}), @samp{z990} (or
1670@samp{arch6}), @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec} (or @samp{arch7}), @samp{z10} (or
1671@samp{arch8}), @samp{z196} (or @samp{arch9}), @samp{zEC12} (or @samp{arch10}),
1672or @samp{z13} (or @samp{arch11}).
11c19e16
MS
1673@item -mregnames
1674@itemx -mno-regnames
1675Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1676@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1677Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1678but evaluates to zero.
1679@end table
1680@end ifset
2a633939 1681@c man end
11c19e16 1682
40b36596 1683@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1684
1685@ifclear man
1686@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1687for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1688@end ifclear
1689
1690@ifset man
1691@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1692The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1693TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1694@c man end
1695@c man begin INCLUDE
1696@include c-tic6x.texi
1697@c ended inside the included file
1698@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1699
1700@end ifset
1701
aa137e4d
NC
1702@ifset TILEGX
1703
1704@ifclear man
1705@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1706for a TILE-Gx processor.
1707@end ifclear
1708
1709@ifset man
1710@c man begin OPTIONS
1711The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1712processor.
1713@c man end
1714@c man begin INCLUDE
1715@include c-tilegx.texi
1716@c ended inside the included file
1717@end ifset
1718
1719@end ifset
1720
b6605ddd
EB
1721@ifset VISIUM
1722
1723@ifclear man
1724@xref{Visium Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1725for a Visium processor.
1726@end ifclear
1727
1728@ifset man
1729@c man begin OPTIONS
1730The following option is available when @value{AS} is configured for a Visium
1731processor.
1732@c man end
1733@c man begin INCLUDE
1734@include c-visium.texi
1735@c ended inside the included file
1736@end ifset
1737
1738@end ifset
1739
e0001a05 1740@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1741
2d8b84ae
SA
1742@ifclear man
1743@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1744for an Xtensa processor.
1745@end ifclear
1746
1747@ifset man
1748@c man begin OPTIONS
1749The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1750Xtensa processor.
1751@c man end
1752@c man begin INCLUDE
1753@include c-xtensa.texi
1754@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1755@end ifset
1756
2d8b84ae
SA
1757@end ifset
1758
1759@c man begin OPTIONS
1760
3c9b82ba
NC
1761@ifset Z80
1762The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1763a Z80 family processor.
1764@table @gcctabopt
1765@item -z80
1766Assemble for Z80 processor.
1767@item -r800
1768Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1769@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1770@itemx -Wnud
1771Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1772@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1773@itemx -Wnup
1774Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1775@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1776@itemx -Wud
1777Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1778@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1779@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1780Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1781@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1782@itemx -Fud
1783Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1784@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1785@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1786Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1787@end table
1788@end ifset
1789
0285c67d
NC
1790@c man end
1791
252b5132
RH
1792@menu
1793* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1794* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1795* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1796* Command Line:: Command Line
1797* Input Files:: Input Files
1798* Object:: Output (Object) File
1799* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1800@end menu
1801
1802@node Manual
1803@section Structure of this Manual
1804
1805@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1806This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1807@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1808notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1809@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1810
1811@ifclear GENERIC
1812We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1813configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1814@end ifclear
1815@ifset GENERIC
1816This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1817various flavors of the assembler.
1818@end ifset
1819
1820@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1821On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1822to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1823In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1824architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1825mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1826particular architecture.
1827@ifset GENERIC
1828You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1829machine architecture manual for this information.
1830@end ifset
1831@ifclear GENERIC
1832@ifset H8/300
1833For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1834Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1835Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1836@end ifset
252b5132 1837@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1838For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1839see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1840@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1841@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1842@end ifset
1843@ifset Z8000
1844For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1845@end ifset
1846@end ifclear
1847
1848@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1849@ignore
1850Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1851the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1852Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1853computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1854once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1855qualification.
1856
a4fb0134 1857@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1858human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1859computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1860@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1861@end ignore
1862
1863@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1864@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1865@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1866@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1867@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1868@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1869@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1870@c directives).
1871
1872@node GNU Assembler
1873@section The GNU Assembler
1874
0285c67d
NC
1875@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1876
a4fb0134 1877@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1878@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1879This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1880configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1881@end ifclear
1882If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1883should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1884architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1885including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1886@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1887
1888@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1889@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1890@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1891@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1892assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1893machine would assemble.
1894@ifset VAX
1895Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1896@end ifset
1897@ifset M680X0
1898@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1899@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1900This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1901assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1902incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1903@end ifset
1904
0285c67d
NC
1905@c man end
1906
a4fb0134 1907Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1908program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1909@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1910
1911@node Object Formats
1912@section Object File Formats
1913
1914@cindex object file format
1915The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1916object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1917write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1918are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1919Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1920@ifclear GENERIC
1921@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1922For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1923@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1924@end ifclear
1925@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1926@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1927On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1928@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1929@end ifset
1930@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1931On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1932SOM or ELF format object files.
1933@end ifset
1934@end ifclear
1935
1936@node Command Line
1937@section Command Line
1938
1939@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1940
a4fb0134 1941After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1942options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1943before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1944significant.
1945
1946@cindex standard input, as input file
1947@kindex --
1948@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1949explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1950
1951@cindex options, command line
1952Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1953hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1954@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1955option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1956the letter is important. All options are optional.
1957
1958Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1959name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1960with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1961standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1962
1963@smallexample
1964@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1965@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1966@end smallexample
1967
1968@node Input Files
1969@section Input Files
1970
1971@cindex input
1972@cindex source program
1973@cindex files, input
1974We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1975describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1976be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1977doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1978
1979@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1980@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1981The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1982order specified.
1983
0285c67d 1984@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1985Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1986program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1987(The standard input is also a file.)
1988
a4fb0134 1989You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1990names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1991command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1992is taken to be an input file name.
1993
a4fb0134
SC
1994If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1995from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1996may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1997to assemble.
1998
1999Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
2000in your command line.
2001
a4fb0134 2002If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
2003file.
2004
0285c67d
NC
2005@c man end
2006
252b5132
RH
2007@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
2008
2009@cindex input file linenumbers
2010@cindex line numbers, in input files
2011There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
2012either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
2013number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
2014``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
2015
2016@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 2017to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2018
2019@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
2020directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
2021error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
2022is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
2023@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
2024@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
2025
2026@node Object
2027@section Output (Object) File
2028
2029@cindex object file
2030@cindex output file
2031@kindex a.out
2032@kindex .o
a4fb0134 2033Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
2034your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
2035is the object file. Its default name is
2036@ifclear BOUT
2037@code{a.out}.
2038@end ifclear
2039@ifset BOUT
2040@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 2041@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 2042@end ifset
a4fb0134 2043@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 2044@end ifset
a4fb0134 2045You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
2046object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
2047reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
2048directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
2049possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
2050
2051@cindex linker
2052@kindex ld
2053The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
2054assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
2055the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
2056information for the debugger.
2057
2058@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
2059@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
2060
2061@node Errors
2062@section Error and Warning Messages
2063
0285c67d
NC
2064@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2065
a349d9dd 2066@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
2067@cindex warning messages
2068@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 2069@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 2070file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
2071runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
2072that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
2073grave problem that stops the assembly.
2074
0285c67d
NC
2075@c man end
2076
252b5132
RH
2077@cindex format of warning messages
2078Warning messages have the format
2079
2080@smallexample
2081file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
2082@end smallexample
2083
2084@noindent
72e0b254
NC
2085@cindex file names and line numbers, in warnings/errors
2086(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If both a logical file name
2087(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) and a logical line number
252b5132
RH
2088@ifset GENERIC
2089(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
2090@end ifset
72e0b254
NC
2091have been given then they will be used, otherwise the file name and line number
2092in the current assembler source file will be used. The message text is
2093intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix tradition).
2094
2095Note the file name must be set via the logical version of the @code{.file}
2096directive, not the DWARF2 version of the @code{.file} directive. For example:
2097
2098@smallexample
2099 .file 2 "bar.c"
2100 error_assembler_source
2101 .file "foo.c"
2102 .line 30
2103 error_c_source
2104@end smallexample
2105
2106produces this output:
2107
2108@smallexample
2109 Assembler messages:
2110 asm.s:2: Error: no such instruction: `error_assembler_source'
2111 foo.c:31: Error: no such instruction: `error_c_source'
2112@end smallexample
252b5132
RH
2113
2114@cindex format of error messages
2115Error messages have the format
72e0b254 2116
252b5132
RH
2117@smallexample
2118file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
2119@end smallexample
72e0b254 2120
252b5132
RH
2121The file name and line number are derived as for warning
2122messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
2123because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
2124
2125@node Invoking
2126@chapter Command-Line Options
2127
2128@cindex options, all versions of assembler
2129This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
2130versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
2131for options specific
252b5132 2132@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 2133to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
2134@end ifclear
2135@ifset GENERIC
2136to particular machine architectures.
2137@end ifset
2138
0285c67d
NC
2139@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2140
c1253627 2141If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
2142you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
2143The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
2144by commas. For example:
2145
2146@smallexample
2147gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
2148@end smallexample
2149
2150@noindent
2151This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 2152standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
2153local symbols in the symbol table).
2154
2155Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
2156command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
2157(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
2158precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
2159assembler.)
2160
0285c67d
NC
2161@c man end
2162
252b5132 2163@menu
83f10cb2 2164* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2165* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2166* D:: -D for compatibility
2167* f:: -f to work faster
2168* I:: -I for .include search path
2169@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2170* K:: -K for compatibility
2171@end ifclear
2172@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2173* K:: -K for difference tables
2174@end ifset
2175
ba83aca1 2176* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2177* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2178* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2179* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2edb36e7 2180* no-pad-sections:: --no-pad-sections to stop section padding
252b5132
RH
2181* o:: -o to name the object file
2182* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2183* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2184* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2185* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2186* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2187* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2188@end menu
2189
2190@node a
83f10cb2 2191@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2192
2193@kindex -a
2194@kindex -ac
2195@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2196@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2197@kindex -ah
2198@kindex -al
2199@kindex -an
2200@kindex -as
2201@cindex listings, enabling
2202@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2203
2204These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2205@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2206You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2207@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2208@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2209@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2210High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2211@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2212also.
2213
83f10cb2
NC
2214Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2215information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2216
252b5132
RH
2217Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2218which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2219other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2220omitted from the listing.
2221
2222Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2223listing.
2224
2225Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2226listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2227@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2228@code{.sbttl}.
2229The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2230If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2231listing-control directives have no effect.
2232
2233The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2234@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2235
96e9638b
BW
2236Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2237because it
c3a27914
NC
2238is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
2239is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2240directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2241stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2242memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2243
caa32fe5
NC
2244@node alternate
2245@section @option{--alternate}
2246
2247@kindex --alternate
2248Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2249
252b5132 2250@node D
a4fb0134 2251@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2252
2253@kindex -D
2254This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2255likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2256@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2257
2258@node f
a4fb0134 2259@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2260
2261@kindex -f
2262@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2263@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2264@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2265(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2266and comment preprocessing on
2267the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2268,Preprocessing}.
2269
2270@quotation
2271@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2272preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2273not work correctly.
2274@end quotation
2275
2276@node I
c1253627 2277@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2278
2279@kindex -I @var{path}
2280@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2281@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2282@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2283Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2284@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2285directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2286many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2287working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2288searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2289specified (left to right) on the command line.
2290
2291@node K
a4fb0134 2292@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2293
2294@kindex -K
2295@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2296On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2297permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2298where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2299generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2300family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2301alteration on other platforms.
2302@end ifclear
2303
2304@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2305@cindex difference tables, warning
2306@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2307@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2308form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2309You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2310is done.
2311@end ifset
2312
2313@node L
ba83aca1 2314@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2315
2316@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2317@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2318Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2319@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2320called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2321such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2322programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2323notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2324such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2325
2326This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2327in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2328@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2329
c3a27914 2330@node listing
a4fb0134 2331@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
2332
2333The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
2334@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2335hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2336them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2337directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2338@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2339@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2340@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2341
a4fb0134 2342@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2343@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2344@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2345@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2346Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2347dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2348
2349@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2350@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2351@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2352Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2353a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2354the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2355switch is used the default is to one.
2356
2357@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2358@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2359@cindex Width of source line output
2360Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2361alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2362source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2363
2364@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2365@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2366@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2367Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2368displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2369@end table
2370
252b5132 2371@node M
a4fb0134 2372@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2373
2374@kindex -M
2375@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2376The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2377changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
2378compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
2379configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
2380MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2381information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2382arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2383assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2384
2385The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2386depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2387file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2388individually. These are:
2389
2390@itemize @bullet
2391@item global symbols in common section
2392
2393The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2394Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2395common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2396symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2397symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2398
2399@item complex relocations
2400
2401The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2402relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2403are not support by other object file formats.
2404
2405@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2406
2407The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2408This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2409instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2410script.
2411
2412@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2413
2414The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2415name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2416
2417@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2418
2419The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2420address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2421which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2422not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2423assigned within a linker script.
2424@end itemize
2425
2426There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2427@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2428seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2429
2430@itemize @bullet
2431
2432@item EBCDIC strings
2433
2434EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2435
2436@item packed binary coded decimal
2437
2438Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2439and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2440
2441@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2442
2443The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2444
2445@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2446
2447The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2448
2449@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2450
2451The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2452@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2453relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2454these options serve no purpose.
2455
2456@item @code{OPT} list control options
2457
2458The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2459@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2460@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2461
2462@item other @code{OPT} options
2463
2464The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2465@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2466
2467@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2468
2469The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2470@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2471
2472@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2473
2474The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2475
2476@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2477
2478The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2479
2480@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2481
2482The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2483
2484@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2485
2486The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2487
2488@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2489
2490The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2491
2492@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2493
2494The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2495
2496@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2497
2498The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2499
2500@end itemize
2501
2502@node MD
c1253627 2503@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2504
2505@kindex --MD
2506@cindex dependency tracking
2507@cindex make rules
2508
a4fb0134 2509@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2510file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2511dependencies of the main source file.
2512
2513The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2514
2515This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2516
2edb36e7
NC
2517@node no-pad-sections
2518@section Output Section Padding
2519@kindex --no-pad-sections
2520@cindex output section padding
2521Normally the assembler will pad the end of each output section up to its
2522alignment boundary. But this can waste space, which can be significant on
2523memory constrained targets. So the @option{--no-pad-sections} option will
2524disable this behaviour.
2525
252b5132 2526@node o
a4fb0134 2527@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2528
2529@kindex -o
2530@cindex naming object file
2531@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2532There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2533default it has the name
2534@ifset GENERIC
2535@ifset I960
2536@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2537@end ifset
2538@ifclear I960
2539@file{a.out}.
2540@end ifclear
2541@end ifset
2542@ifclear GENERIC
2543@ifset I960
2544@file{b.out}.
2545@end ifset
2546@ifclear I960
2547@file{a.out}.
2548@end ifclear
2549@end ifclear
2550You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2551object file a different name.
2552
a4fb0134 2553Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2554existing file of the same name.
2555
2556@node R
a4fb0134 2557@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2558
2559@kindex -R
2560@cindex data and text sections, joining
2561@cindex text and data sections, joining
2562@cindex joining text and data sections
2563@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2564@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2565data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2566the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2567section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2568your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2569appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2570
a4fb0134 2571When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2572address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2573data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2574older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2575
c1253627
NC
2576@ifset COFF-ELF
2577When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2578this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2579@samp{.data}.
2580@end ifset
2581
2582@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2583@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2584@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2585@end ifset
2586
2587@node statistics
a4fb0134 2588@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2589
2590@kindex --statistics
2591@cindex statistics, about assembly
2592@cindex time, total for assembly
2593@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2594Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2595@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2596(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2597seconds).
2598
2599@node traditional-format
c1253627 2600@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2601
2602@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2603For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2604from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2605@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2606
2607For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2608@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2609
2610@node v
a4fb0134 2611@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2612
2613@kindex -v
2614@kindex -version
2615@cindex assembler version
2616@cindex version of assembler
2617You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2618option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2619command line.
2620
2621@node W
a4fb0134 2622@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2623
a4fb0134 2624@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2625assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2626cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2627made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2628
c1253627
NC
2629@kindex -W
2630@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2631@cindex suppressing warnings
2632@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2633If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2634This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2635how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2636are still reported.
2637
c1253627 2638@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2639@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2640@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2641If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2642files that generate warnings to be in error.
2643
c1253627 2644@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2645@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2646You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2647causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2648
2649@node Z
a4fb0134 2650@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2651@cindex object file, after errors
2652@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2653After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2654some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2655@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2656option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2657writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2658errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2659
2660@node Syntax
2661@chapter Syntax
2662
2663@cindex machine-independent syntax
2664@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2665This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2666source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2667assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2668@ifclear VAX
2669assembler.
2670@end ifclear
2671@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2672assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2673@end ifset
2674
2675@menu
7c31ae13 2676* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2677* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2678* Comments:: Comments
2679* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2680* Statements:: Statements
2681* Constants:: Constants
2682@end menu
2683
2684@node Preprocessing
2685@section Preprocessing
2686
2687@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2688The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2689@itemize @bullet
2690@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2691@item
2692adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2693the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2694a single space.
2695
2696@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2697@item
2698removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2699appropriate number of newlines.
2700
2701@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2702@item
2703converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2704@end itemize
2705
2706It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2707anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2708do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2709(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2710to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2711@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
2edb36e7 2712Output, gcc info, Using GNU CC}.
252b5132
RH
2713
2714Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2715cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2716preprocessed.
2717
2718@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2719@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2720@kindex #NO_APP
2721@kindex #APP
2722If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2723@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2724Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2725specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2726text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2727@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2728@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2729and whitespace.
2730
2731@node Whitespace
2732@section Whitespace
2733
2734@cindex whitespace
2735@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2736Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2737people to read. Unless within character constants
2738(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2739as exactly one space.
2740
2741@node Comments
2742@section Comments
2743
2744@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2745There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2746cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2747
2748Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2749This means you may not nest these comments.
2750
2751@smallexample
2752/*
2753 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2754 is to use this sort of comment.
2755*/
2756
2757/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2758@end smallexample
2759
2760@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2761Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2762considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2763specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2764line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2765line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2766comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2767upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2768@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2769
2770If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2771special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2772to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2773
2774@kindex #
2775@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2776@cindex logical line numbers
2777To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2778special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2779expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2780line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2781new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2782
2783If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2784the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2785
2786@smallexample
2787 # This is an ordinary comment.
2788# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2789 # This is logical line # 36.
2790@end smallexample
2791This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2792of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2793
2794@node Symbol Intro
2795@section Symbols
2796
2797@cindex characters used in symbols
2798@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2799A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2800letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2801@samp{_.$}.
2802@end ifclear
2803@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2804@ifclear GENERIC
2805@ifset H8
2806A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2807letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2808@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2809symbol names.)
2810@end ifset
2811@end ifclear
2812@end ifset
2813@ifset GENERIC
2814On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2815are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2816@end ifset
2817No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
d02603dc 2818There is no length limit; all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
7bfd842d
NC
2819are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2820beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2821of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
d02603dc
NC
2822
2823Symbol names may also be enclosed in double quote @code{"} characters. In such
2824cases any characters are allowed, except for the NUL character. If a double
2825quote character is to be included in the symbol name it must be preceeded by a
2826backslash @code{\} character.
252b5132
RH
2827@cindex length of symbols
2828
2829@node Statements
2830@section Statements
2831
2832@cindex statements, structure of
2833@cindex line separator character
2834@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2835
2836A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2837@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2838specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2839target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2840The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2841preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2842exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2843
2844@cindex newline, required at file end
2845@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2846It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2847character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2848
2849An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2850
2851@cindex instructions and directives
2852@cindex directives and instructions
2853@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2854@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2855@c 13feb91.
2856A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2857key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2858symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2859symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2860directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2861a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2862assembles into a machine language instruction.
2863@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2864Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2865recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2866represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2867language.@refill
2868@end ifset
2869
2870@cindex @code{:} (label)
2871@cindex label (@code{:})
2872A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2873Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2874have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2875
2876@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2877For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2878the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2879only one label may be defined on each line.
2880@end ifset
2881
2882@smallexample
2883label: .directive followed by something
2884another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2885 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2886@end smallexample
2887
2888@node Constants
2889@section Constants
2890
2891@cindex constants
2892A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2893inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2894@smallexample
2895@group
2896.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2897.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2898.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2899.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
290095028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2901@end group
2902@end smallexample
2903
2904@menu
2905* Characters:: Character Constants
2906* Numbers:: Number Constants
2907@end menu
2908
2909@node Characters
2910@subsection Character Constants
2911
2912@cindex character constants
2913@cindex constants, character
2914There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2915for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2916numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2917@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2918used in arithmetic expressions.
2919
2920@menu
2921* Strings:: Strings
2922* Chars:: Characters
2923@end menu
2924
2925@node Strings
2926@subsubsection Strings
2927
2928@cindex string constants
2929@cindex constants, string
2930A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2931double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2932into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2933a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2934one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2935@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2936(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2937escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2938
2939@cindex escape codes, character
2940@cindex character escape codes
361fa3a4
NC
2941@c NOTE: Cindex entries must not start with a backlash character.
2942@c NOTE: This confuses the pdf2texi script when it is creating the
2943@c NOTE: index based upon the first character and so it generates:
2944@c NOTE: \initial {\\}
2945@c NOTE: which then results in the error message:
2946@c NOTE: Argument of \\ has an extra }.
2947@c NOTE: So in the index entries below a space character has been
2948@c NOTE: prepended to avoid this problem.
252b5132
RH
2949@table @kbd
2950@c @item \a
2951@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2952@c
361fa3a4 2953@cindex @code{ \b} (backspace character)
252b5132
RH
2954@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2955@item \b
2956Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2957
2958@c @item \e
2959@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2960@c
361fa3a4 2961@cindex @code{ \f} (formfeed character)
252b5132 2962@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
361fa3a4 2963@item backslash-f
252b5132
RH
2964Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2965
361fa3a4 2966@cindex @code{ \n} (newline character)
252b5132
RH
2967@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2968@item \n
2969Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2970
2971@c @item \p
2972@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2973@c
361fa3a4
NC
2974@cindex @code{ \r} (carriage return character)
2975@cindex carriage return (@code{backslash-r})
252b5132
RH
2976@item \r
2977Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2978
2979@c @item \s
2980@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2981@c other assemblers.
2982@c
361fa3a4 2983@cindex @code{ \t} (tab)
252b5132
RH
2984@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2985@item \t
2986Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2987
2988@c @item \v
2989@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2990@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2991@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2992@c
361fa3a4 2993@cindex @code{ \@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
252b5132
RH
2994@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2995@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2996An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2997For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2998for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2999
361fa3a4 3000@cindex @code{ \@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
252b5132
RH
3001@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
3002@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
3003A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
3004lower case @code{x} works.
3005
361fa3a4 3006@cindex @code{ \\} (@samp{\} character)
252b5132
RH
3007@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
3008@item \\
3009Represents one @samp{\} character.
3010
3011@c @item \'
3012@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
3013@c This is needed in single character literals
3014@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
3015@c a @samp{'}.
3016@c
361fa3a4 3017@cindex @code{ \"} (doublequote character)
252b5132
RH
3018@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
3019@item \"
3020Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
3021this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
3022
3023@item \ @var{anything-else}
3024Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
3025assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
3026you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
3027interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
3028other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
3029code and warns you of the fact.
3030@end table
3031
3032Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
3033varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
3034the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
3035compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
3036sequence.
3037
3038@node Chars
3039@subsubsection Characters
3040
3041@cindex single character constant
3042@cindex character, single
3043@cindex constant, single character
3044A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
3045followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
3046to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
3047must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
3048@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
3049grave accent. A newline
3050@ifclear GENERIC
3051@ifclear abnormal-separator
3052(or semicolon @samp{;})
3053@end ifclear
3054@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
3055@ifset H8
3056(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 3057Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
3058@end ifset
3059@end ifset
3060@end ifclear
3061immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
3062and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
3063constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 3064that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
3065@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
3066
3067@node Numbers
3068@subsection Number Constants
3069
3070@cindex constants, number
3071@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 3072@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
3073are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
3074would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
3075integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
3076are floating point numbers, described below.
3077
3078@menu
3079* Integers:: Integers
3080* Bignums:: Bignums
3081* Flonums:: Flonums
3082@ifclear GENERIC
3083@ifset I960
3084* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
3085@end ifset
3086@end ifclear
3087@end menu
3088
3089@node Integers
3090@subsubsection Integers
3091@cindex integers
3092@cindex constants, integer
3093
3094@cindex binary integers
3095@cindex integers, binary
3096A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
3097the binary digits @samp{01}.
3098
3099@cindex octal integers
3100@cindex integers, octal
3101An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
3102digits (@samp{01234567}).
3103
3104@cindex decimal integers
3105@cindex integers, decimal
3106A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
3107more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
3108
3109@cindex hexadecimal integers
3110@cindex integers, hexadecimal
3111A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
3112more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
3113
3114Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
3115the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
3116(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
3117
3118@node Bignums
3119@subsubsection Bignums
3120
3121@cindex bignums
3122@cindex constants, bignum
3123A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
3124except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
3125represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
3126integers are permitted while bignums are not.
3127
3128@node Flonums
3129@subsubsection Flonums
3130@cindex flonums
3131@cindex floating point numbers
3132@cindex constants, floating point
3133
3134@cindex precision, floating point
3135A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
3136indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 3137@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
3138sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
3139to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 3140portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
3141
3142A flonum is written by writing (in order)
3143@itemize @bullet
3144@item
3145The digit @samp{0}.
3146@ifset HPPA
3147(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
3148@end ifset
3149
3150@item
a4fb0134 3151A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
3152@ifset GENERIC
3153@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
3154@ignore
3155@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
3156(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
31574.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
3158@end ignore
3159
7be1c489 3160On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
3161and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
3162one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3163
3164On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
3165(in upper or lower case).
3166
3167On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
3168one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3169
3170On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
3171@end ifset
3172@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3173@ifset ARC
3174One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
3175@end ifset
3176@ifset H8
3177One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3178@end ifset
3179@ifset HPPA
3180The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
3181@end ifset
3182@ifset I960
3183One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3184@end ifset
3185@end ifclear
3186
3187@item
3188An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3189
3190@item
3191An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3192
3193@item
3194An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3195or more decimal digits.
3196
3197@item
3198An optional exponent, consisting of:
3199
3200@itemize @bullet
3201@item
3202An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3203@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3204@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3205@item
3206Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3207@item
3208One or more decimal digits.
3209@end itemize
3210
3211@end itemize
3212
3213At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3214present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3215
a4fb0134 3216@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3217independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3218@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3219
3220@ifclear GENERIC
3221@ifset I960
3222@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
3223@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
3224@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
3225@node Bit Fields
3226@subsubsection Bit Fields
3227
3228@cindex bit fields
3229@cindex constants, bit field
3230You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 3231Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
3232@example
3233@var{mask}:@var{value}
3234@end example
3235@noindent
a4fb0134 3236@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
3237@var{value}.
3238
3239The resulting number is then packed
3240@ifset GENERIC
3241@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
3242(in host-dependent byte order)
3243@end ifset
3244into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
3245bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
3246requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
3247more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
3248least significant digits.@refill
3249
3250The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
3251@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
3252@end ifset
3253@end ifclear
3254
3255@node Sections
3256@chapter Sections and Relocation
3257@cindex sections
3258@cindex relocation
3259
3260@menu
3261* Secs Background:: Background
3262* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3263* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3264* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3265* bss:: bss Section
3266@end menu
3267
3268@node Secs Background
3269@section Background
3270
3271Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3272``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3273For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3274
3275@cindex linker, and assembler
3276@cindex assembler, and linker
3277The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3278combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3279emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3280@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3281different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3282oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3283sections.
3284
3285@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3286addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3287units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3288within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3289run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3290the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3291the proper run-time addresses.
3292@ifset H8
7be1c489 3293For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3294@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3295ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3296@end ifset
3297
3298@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3299An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3300of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3301@dfn{bss} sections.
3302
c1253627 3303@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3304@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3305When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3306@end ifset
a4fb0134 3307@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3308using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3309If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3310or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3311@end ifset
3312
3313@ifset HPPA
3314@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3315When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3316@end ifset
a4fb0134 3317@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3318specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3319@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3320(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3321assembler directives.
3322
3323@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3324Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3325text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3326is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3327BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3328@end ifset
3329@end ifset
3330
3331Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3332data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3333
3334@ifset HPPA
3335When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3336section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3337@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3338@end ifset
3339
3340To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3341relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3342object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3343@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3344file is mentioned:
3345@itemize @bullet
3346@item
3347Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3348an address?
3349@item
3350How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3351@item
3352Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3353@display
3354(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3355@end display
3356@item
3357Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3358@end itemize
3359
3360@cindex addresses, format of
3361@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3362In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3363@display
3364(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3365@end display
3366@noindent
a4fb0134 3367Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3368nature.
3369@ifset SOM
3370(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3371symbol-relative instead.)
3372@end ifset
3373
3374In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3375@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3376
3377Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3378@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3379addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3380@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3381@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3382data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3383their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3384part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3385address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3386
3387The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3388address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3389rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3390Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3391address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3392common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3393time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3394
3395By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3396the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3397sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3398customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3399the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3400data and bss sections.
3401
3402Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3403use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3404
3405@node Ld Sections
3406@section Linker Sections
3407@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3408
3409@table @strong
3410
c1253627 3411@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3412@cindex named sections
3413@cindex sections, named
3414@item named sections
3415@end ifset
3416@ifset aout-bout
3417@cindex text section
3418@cindex data section
3419@itemx text section
3420@itemx data section
3421@end ifset
a4fb0134 3422These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3423separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3424true of another.
3425@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3426When the program is running, however, it is
3427customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3428text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3429instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3430program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3431in the data section.
c1253627 3432@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3433
3434@cindex bss section
3435@item bss section
3436This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3437is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3438each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3439out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3440bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3441those explicit zeros from object files.
3442
3443@cindex absolute section
3444@item absolute section
3445Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3446This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3447not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3448addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3449
3450@cindex undefined section
3451@item undefined section
3452This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3453the preceding sections.
3454@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3455@end table
3456
3457@cindex relocation example
3458An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3459@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3460The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3461@end ifset
3462Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3463
3464@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3465@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3466@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3467@smallexample
3468 +-----+----+--+
3469partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3470 +-----+----+--+
3471
3472 text data bss
3473 seg. seg. seg.
3474
3475 +---+---+---+
3476partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3477 +---+---+---+
3478
3479 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3480linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3481 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3482
3483 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3484@end smallexample
3485@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3486@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3487@need 5000
3488@tex
c1253627 3489\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3490\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3491\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3492\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3493
3494\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3495\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3496\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3497
3498\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3499\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3500\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3501ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3502DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3503
3504\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3505\line{0\dots\hfil}
3506
3507@end tex
3508@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3509
3510@node As Sections
3511@section Assembler Internal Sections
3512
3513@cindex internal assembler sections
3514@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3515These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3516have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3517sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3518warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3519meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3520value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3521section-relative address.
3522
3523@table @b
3524@cindex assembler internal logic error
3525@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3526An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3527bug in the assembler.
3528
3529@cindex expr (internal section)
3530@item expr section
3531The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3532symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3533it in the expr section.
3534@c FIXME item debug
3535@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3536@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3537@c FIXME item register
3538@end table
3539
3540@node Sub-Sections
3541@section Sub-Sections
3542
3543@cindex numbered subsections
3544@cindex grouping data
3545@ifset aout-bout
3546Assembled bytes
c1253627 3547@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3548conventionally
3549@end ifset
3550fall into two sections: text and data.
3551@end ifset
3552You may have separate groups of
3553@ifset GENERIC
3554data in named sections
3555@end ifset
3556@ifclear GENERIC
3557@ifclear aout-bout
3558data in named sections
3559@end ifclear
3560@ifset aout-bout
3561text or data
3562@end ifset
3563@end ifclear
3564that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3565are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3566use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3567numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3568same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3569subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3570section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3571assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3572section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3573constants being output.
3574
3575Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3576goes in subsection number zero.
3577
3578@ifset GENERIC
3579Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3580(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3581of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3582@end ifset
3583@ifclear GENERIC
3584@ifset H8
7be1c489 3585On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3586boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3587The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3588@end ifset
3589@ifset I960
3590@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3591@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3592@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3593@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3594@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3595@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3596@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3597@end ifclear
3598
3599Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3600to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3601The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3602other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3603They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3604data subsections as a data section.
3605
3606To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3607into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3608@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3609@ifset COFF
252b5132 3610@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3611When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3612@end ifset
3613@ifclear GENERIC
3614You
3615@end ifclear
3616can also use an extra subsection
3617argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3618@var{expression}}.
3619@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3620@ifset ELF
3621@ifset GENERIC
3622When generating ELF output, you
3623@end ifset
3624@ifclear GENERIC
3625You
3626@end ifclear
3627can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3628to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3629@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3630@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3631(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3632is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3633begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3634@smallexample
3635.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3636.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3637.text 1
3638.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3639.data 0
3640.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3641.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3642.text 0
3643.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3644.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3645@end smallexample
3646
3647Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3648assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3649restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3650counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3651@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3652current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3653assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3654
3655@node bss
3656@section bss Section
3657
3658@cindex bss section
3659@cindex common variable storage
3660The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3661You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3662not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3663your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3664section are zeroed bytes.
3665
3666The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3667@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3668
3669The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3670another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3671
3672@ifset GENERIC
3673When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3674COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3675see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3676section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3677@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3678@end ifset
3679
3680@node Symbols
3681@chapter Symbols
3682
3683@cindex symbols
3684Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3685things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3686to debug.
3687
3688@quotation
3689@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3690@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3691the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3692@end quotation
3693
3694@menu
3695* Labels:: Labels
3696* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3697* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3698* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3699* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3700@end menu
3701
3702@node Labels
3703@section Labels
3704
3705@cindex labels
3706A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3707@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3708active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3709operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3710different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3711definitions.
3712
3713@ifset HPPA
3714On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3715colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3716a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3717provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3718@end ifset
3719
3720@node Setting Symbols
3721@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3722
3723@cindex assigning values to symbols
3724@cindex symbol values, assigning
3725A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3726by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3727(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3728directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3729equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3730@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3731
f8739b83
JZ
3732@ifset Blackfin
3733Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3734@end ifset
3735
252b5132
RH
3736@node Symbol Names
3737@section Symbol Names
3738
3739@cindex symbol names
3740@cindex names, symbol
3741@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3742Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3743machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3744noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3745string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3746particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3747@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3748@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3749@ifset H8
3750Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3751Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3752character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3753on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3754@end ifset
3755@end ifset
3756
3757Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3758than @code{Foo}.
3759
ed1fcdd1
NC
3760Symbol names do not start with a digit. An exception to this rule is made for
3761Local Labels. See below.
3762
7bfd842d
NC
3763Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3764multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3765@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3766currently supported.
3767
252b5132
RH
3768Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3769refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3770in a program.
3771
3772@subheading Local Symbol Names
3773
3774@cindex local symbol names
3775@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3776A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3777By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3778@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3779set of local label prefixes.
3780@ifset HPPA
3781On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3782@end ifset
3783
3784Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3785normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
5c9352f3
AM
3786You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols})
3787to retain the local symbols in the object files.
ba83aca1
BW
3788
3789@subheading Local Labels
3790
3791@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3792@cindex temporary symbol names
3793@cindex symbol names, temporary
ed1fcdd1
NC
3794Local labels are different from local symbols. Local labels help compilers and
3795programmers use names temporarily. They create symbols which are guaranteed to
3796be unique over the entire scope of the input source code and which can be
3797referred to by a simple notation. To define a local label, write a label of
9791c250
AM
3798the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N} represents any non-negative integer).
3799To refer to the most recent previous definition of that label write
3800@samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when you defined the label. To refer
3801to the next definition of a local label, write @samp{@b{N}f}. The @samp{b}
3802stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands for ``forwards''.
2d5aaba0
NC
3803
3804There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3805too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3806the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3807defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3808definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3809noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3810implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3811
3812Here is an example:
3813
3814@smallexample
38151: branch 1f
38162: branch 1b
38171: branch 2f
38182: branch 1b
3819@end smallexample
3820
3821Which is the equivalent of:
3822
3823@smallexample
3824label_1: branch label_3
3825label_2: branch label_1
3826label_3: branch label_4
3827label_4: branch label_3
3828@end smallexample
3829
ba83aca1 3830Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3831transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3832The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3833are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3834these parts:
252b5132
RH
3835
3836@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3837@item @emph{local label prefix}
3838All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3839Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3840that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3841used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3842@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3843object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3844you may use them in debugging.
3845
2d5aaba0
NC
3846@item @var{number}
3847This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3848label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3849
2d5aaba0
NC
3850@item @kbd{C-B}
3851This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3852of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3853
3854@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3855This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3856@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3857number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3858the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3859@end table
3860
ba83aca1
BW
3861So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3862the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3863
3864@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3865@cindex dollar local symbols
3866
ed1fcdd1
NC
3867On some targets @code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of
3868local labels called dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they
3869become undefined) as soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain
3870valid for only a small region of the input source code. Normal local labels,
3871by contrast, remain in scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined
3872by another occurrence of the same local label.
2d5aaba0
NC
3873
3874Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3875except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3876@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3877
3878They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3879names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3880to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3881@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3882
3883@node Dot
3884@section The Special Dot Symbol
3885
3886@cindex dot (symbol)
3887@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3888@cindex current address
3889@cindex location counter
3890The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3891@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3892.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3893Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3894directive.
252b5132 3895@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3896Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3897@samp{.space 4}.
3898@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3899
3900@node Symbol Attributes
3901@section Symbol Attributes
3902
3903@cindex symbol attributes
3904@cindex attributes, symbol
3905Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3906``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3907attributes.
3908@ifset INTERNALS
3909The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3910@end ifset
3911
a4fb0134 3912If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3913all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3914symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3915would want.
3916
3917@menu
3918* Symbol Value:: Value
3919* Symbol Type:: Type
3920@ifset aout-bout
3921@ifset GENERIC
3922* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3923@end ifset
3924@ifclear GENERIC
3925@ifclear BOUT
3926* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3927@end ifclear
3928@ifset BOUT
3929* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3930@end ifset
3931@end ifclear
3932@end ifset
3933@ifset COFF
3934* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3935@end ifset
3936@ifset SOM
3937* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3938@end ifset
3939@end menu
3940
3941@node Symbol Value
3942@subsection Value
3943
3944@cindex value of a symbol
3945@cindex symbol value
3946The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3947location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3948number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3949Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3950as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3951symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3952called absolute.
3953
3954The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
39550 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3956@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3957same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3958name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3959common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3960bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3961allocated storage.
3962
3963@node Symbol Type
3964@subsection Type
3965
3966@cindex type of a symbol
3967@cindex symbol type
3968The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3969information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3970(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3971format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3972
3973@ifset aout-bout
3974@ifclear GENERIC
3975@ifset BOUT
3976@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3977@c better if it were available outside examples.
3978@need 1000
3979@node a.out Symbols
3980@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3981
3982@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3983@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3984These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3985one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3986@code{b.out}.
3987
3988@end ifset
3989@ifclear BOUT
3990@node a.out Symbols
3991@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3992
3993@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3994@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3995
3996@end ifclear
3997@end ifclear
3998@ifset GENERIC
3999@node a.out Symbols
4000@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
4001
4002@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
4003@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
4004
4005@end ifset
4006@menu
4007* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
4008* Symbol Other:: Other
4009@end menu
4010
4011@node Symbol Desc
4012@subsubsection Descriptor
4013
4014@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
4015This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
4016descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
4017(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 4018@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4019
4020@node Symbol Other
4021@subsubsection Other
4022
4023@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 4024This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4025@end ifset
4026
4027@ifset COFF
4028@node COFF Symbols
4029@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
4030
4031@cindex COFF symbol attributes
4032@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
4033
4034The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
4035like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
4036@code{.endef} directives.
4037
4038@subsubsection Primary Attributes
4039
4040@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
4041The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
4042respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
4043
4044@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
4045
4046@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 4047The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
4048@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
4049table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
4050@end ifset
4051
4052@ifset SOM
4053@node SOM Symbols
4054@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
4055
4056@cindex SOM symbol attributes
4057@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
4058
4059The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
4060the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
4061
01642c12 4062The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
4063Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
4064@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
4065@end ifset
4066
4067@node Expressions
4068@chapter Expressions
4069
4070@cindex expressions
4071@cindex addresses
4072@cindex numeric values
4073An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
4074Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
4075
4076The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
4077a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 4078enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
4079section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
4080the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 4081@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
4082
4083@menu
4084* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
4085* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
4086@end menu
4087
4088@node Empty Exprs
4089@section Empty Expressions
4090
4091@cindex empty expressions
4092@cindex expressions, empty
4093An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
4094Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 4095expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
4096is compatible with other assemblers.
4097
4098@node Integer Exprs
4099@section Integer Expressions
4100
4101@cindex integer expressions
4102@cindex expressions, integer
4103An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
4104by @emph{operators}.
4105
4106@menu
4107* Arguments:: Arguments
4108* Operators:: Operators
4109* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
4110* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
4111@end menu
4112
4113@node Arguments
4114@subsection Arguments
4115
4116@cindex expression arguments
4117@cindex arguments in expressions
4118@cindex operands in expressions
4119@cindex arithmetic operands
4120@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
4121contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
4122this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
4123the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
4124expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
4125instruction operands.
4126
4127Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
4128@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
4129or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
4130integer.
4131
4132Numbers are usually integers.
4133
4134A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 4135that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
4136these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
4137instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
4138assemblers.
4139
4140@cindex subexpressions
4141Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
4142expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
4143operator followed by an argument.
4144
4145@node Operators
4146@subsection Operators
4147
4148@cindex operators, in expressions
4149@cindex arithmetic functions
4150@cindex functions, in expressions
4151@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
4152operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
4153between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
4154whitespace.
4155
4156@node Prefix Ops
4157@subsection Prefix Operator
4158
4159@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 4160@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
4161one argument, which must be absolute.
4162
4163@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
4164@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
4165@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
4166@tex
4167\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
4168@end tex
4169
4170@table @code
4171@item -
4172@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
4173@item ~
4174@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
4175@end table
4176
4177@tex
4178\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
4179@end tex
4180
4181@node Infix Ops
4182@subsection Infix Operators
4183
4184@cindex infix operators
4185@cindex operators, permitted arguments
4186@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
4187have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4188to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4189absolute, and the result is absolute.
4190
4191@enumerate
4192@cindex operator precedence
4193@cindex precedence of operators
4194
4195@item
4196Highest Precedence
4197
4198@table @code
4199@item *
4200@dfn{Multiplication}.
4201
4202@item /
4203@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4204
4205@item %
4206@dfn{Remainder}.
4207
d1eac9d9 4208@item <<
252b5132
RH
4209@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4210
d1eac9d9 4211@item >>
252b5132
RH
4212@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4213@end table
4214
4215@item
4216Intermediate precedence
4217
4218@table @code
4219@item |
4220
4221@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4222
4223@item &
4224@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4225
4226@item ^
4227@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4228
4229@item !
4230@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4231@end table
4232
4233@item
b131d4dc 4234Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4235
4236@table @code
4237@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4238@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4239@cindex arguments for addition
4240@item +
4241@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4242the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4243sections.
4244
4245@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4246@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4247@cindex arguments for subtraction
4248@item -
4249@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4250result has the section of the left argument.
4251If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4252You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4253@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4254
4255@cindex comparison expressions
4256@cindex expressions, comparison
4257@item ==
4258@dfn{Is Equal To}
4259@item <>
723a8472 4260@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4261@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4262@item <
4263@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4264@item >
b131d4dc 4265@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4266@item >=
b131d4dc 4267@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4268@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4269@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4270
4271The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4272value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4273perform signed comparisons.
4274@end table
4275
4276@item Lowest Precedence
4277
4278@table @code
4279@item &&
4280@dfn{Logical And}.
4281
4282@item ||
4283@dfn{Logical Or}.
4284
4285These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4286expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4287value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4288or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4289
252b5132
RH
4290@end table
4291@end enumerate
4292
4293In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4294address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4295
4296@node Pseudo Ops
4297@chapter Assembler Directives
4298
4299@cindex directives, machine independent
4300@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4301@cindex machine independent directives
4302All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
7e302352
RS
4303The names are case insensitive for most targets, and usually written
4304in lower case.
252b5132
RH
4305
4306This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4307target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4308@ifset GENERIC
4309Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4310@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4311@end ifset
4312@ifclear GENERIC
4313@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4314@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4315@end ifset
4316@end ifclear
4317
4318@menu
4319* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4320@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4321* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4322@end ifset
f0dc282c 4323
252b5132 4324* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4325* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4326* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4327* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4328* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
d3b47e2b 4329* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, etc
252b5132 4330* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4331* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4332* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
4333* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4334@ifset COFF
4335* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4336@end ifset
4337@ifset aout-bout
4338* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4339@end ifset
4340@ifset COFF
4341* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4342@end ifset
f0dc282c 4343
252b5132
RH
4344* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4345* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4346* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4347* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4348* End:: @code{.end}
4349@ifset COFF
4350* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4351@end ifset
f0dc282c 4352
252b5132
RH
4353* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4354* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4355* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4356* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4357* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4358* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4359* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4360* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4361* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4362* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4363* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4364* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4365* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4366* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4367* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4368@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4369* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4370* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4371@end ifset
f0dc282c 4372
252b5132
RH
4373* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4374* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4375* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4376* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4377* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4378* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4379@ifset ELF
4380* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4381@end ifset
f0dc282c 4382
252b5132
RH
4383* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4384* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4385* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4386* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4387@ifclear no-line-dir
4388* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4389@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4390
252b5132
RH
4391* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4392* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4393* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4394* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4395* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4396@ifset ELF
4397* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4398@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4399
252b5132
RH
4400* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4401@ignore
4402* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4403@end ignore
f0dc282c 4404
252b5132
RH
4405* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4406* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4407* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4408* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4409* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4410* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4411* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4412* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4413@ifset ELF
4414* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4415* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4416@end ifset
f0dc282c 4417
252b5132 4418* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4419@ifset ELF
4420* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4421@end ifset
f0dc282c 4422
252b5132
RH
4423* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4424* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4425@ifset ELF
4426* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4427@end ifset
f0dc282c 4428
252b5132 4429* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4430* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4431* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4432* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4433@ifset COFF
4434* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4435@end ifset
4436@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4437* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4438@end ifset
f0dc282c 4439
252b5132
RH
4440* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4441* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4442* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4443@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4444* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4445@end ifset
884f0d36 4446@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4447* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4448@end ifclear
4449
252b5132 4450* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4451@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4452* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4453@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4454@ifset have-stabs
4455* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4456@end ifset
f0dc282c 4457
38a57ae7 4458* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4459* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4460@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4461* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4462* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4463@end ifset
f0dc282c 4464
252b5132
RH
4465@ifset COFF
4466* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4467@end ifset
f0dc282c 4468
252b5132
RH
4469* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4470* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4471@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4472* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4473@end ifset
4474
c91d2e08 4475* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4476@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4477* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4478@end ifset
f0dc282c 4479
2e13b764 4480@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4481* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4482* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4483* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4484@end ifset
f0dc282c 4485
d190d046 4486* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4487* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4488* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132 4489* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7ce98c16
NC
4490@ifclear no-space-dir
4491* Zero:: @code{.zero @var{size}}
4492@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4493* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4494@end menu
4495
4496@node Abort
4497@section @code{.abort}
4498
4499@cindex @code{abort} directive
4500@cindex stopping the assembly
4501This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4502compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4503assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4504of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4505quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4506
4507@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4508@node ABORT (COFF)
4509@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4510
4511@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4512When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4513synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4514
4515@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4516When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4517but ignores it.
4518@end ifset
4519@end ifset
4520
4521@node Align
4522@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4523
4524@cindex padding the location counter
4525@cindex @code{align} directive
4526Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4527boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4528required, as described below.
4529
4530The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4531padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4532padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4533marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4534with no-op instructions.
4535
4536The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4537it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4538directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4539specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4540fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4541required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4542with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4543
4544The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
73589c9d 4545For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
60946ad0 4546s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4547alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4548the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4549is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4550first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4551
9e9a9798 4552For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4553strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4554number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4555advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4556counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4557multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4558
4559This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4560native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4561GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4562described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4563architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4564
ccf8a69b
BW
4565@node Altmacro
4566@section @code{.altmacro}
4567Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4568
4569@ftable @code
4570@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4571One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4572generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4573replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4574replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4575separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4576define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4577
4578@item String delimiters
4579You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4580@code{"@var{string}"}:
4581
4582@table @code
4583@item '@var{string}'
4584You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4585
4586@item <@var{string}>
4587You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4588@end table
4589
4590@item single-character string escape
4591To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4592character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4593character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4594write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4595
4596@item Expression results as strings
4597You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4598and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4599@end ftable
4600
252b5132
RH
4601@node Ascii
4602@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4603
4604@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4605@cindex string literals
4606@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4607separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4608trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4609
4610@node Asciz
4611@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4612
4613@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4614@cindex zero-terminated strings
4615@cindex null-terminated strings
4616@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4617a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4618
4619@node Balign
4620@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4621
4622@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4623@cindex @code{balign} directive
4624Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4625storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4626alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4627the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4628is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4629
4630The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4631padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4632padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4633marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4634with no-op instructions.
4635
4636The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4637it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4638directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4639specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4640fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4641required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4642with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4643
4644@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4645@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4646The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4647@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4648pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4649fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
46504,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4651filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4652the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4653undefined.
4654
fa94de6b 4655@node Bundle directives
d3b47e2b
L
4656@section Bundle directives
4657@subsection @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b
RM
4658@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4659@cindex bundle
4660@cindex instruction bundle
4661@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4662@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4663bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4664into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4665disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4666gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4667@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4668
4669For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4670certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4671instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4672@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4673chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4674effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4675instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4676that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4677end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4678starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4679instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4680
d3b47e2b 4681@subsection @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
fa94de6b
RM
4682@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4683@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4684The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4685allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4686are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4687aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4688@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4689directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4690
4691@cindex bundle-locked
4692For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4693appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4694instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4695and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4696instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4697sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4698@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4699entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4700boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4701first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4702aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4703bundle size.
4704
d416e51d
RM
4705For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4706inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4707nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4708@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4709matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4710same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4711
252b5132
RH
4712@node Byte
4713@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4714
4715@cindex @code{byte} directive
4716@cindex integers, one byte
4717@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4718Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4719
54cfded0 4720@node CFI directives
d3b47e2b
L
4721@section CFI directives
4722@subsection @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
38462edf
JJ
4723@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4724@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4725should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4726If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4727if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4728To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4729directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4730
2f0c68f2
CM
4731On targets that support compact unwinding tables these can be generated
4732by specifying @code{.eh_frame_entry} instead of @code{.eh_frame}.
4733
bd5608dc
NC
4734Some targets may support an additional name, such as @code{.c6xabi.exidx}
4735which is used by the @value{TIC6X} target.
4736
4737The @code{.cfi_sections} directive can be repeated, with the same or different
4738arguments, provided that CFI generation has not yet started. Once CFI
4739generation has started however the section list is fixed and any attempts to
4740redefine it will result in an error.
4741
d3b47e2b 4742@subsection @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4743@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4744@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4745should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4746data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4747@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4748
01642c12 4749Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4750it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4751
d3b47e2b 4752@subsection @code{.cfi_endproc}
54cfded0
AM
4753@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4754@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4755unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4756@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4757
d3b47e2b 4758@subsection @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
2f0c68f2 4759@cindex @code{cfi_personality} directive
9b8ae42e
JJ
4760@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4761@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4762should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4763argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4764a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4765the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4766can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4767The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4768no personality routine.
4769
2f0c68f2
CM
4770@subsection @code{.cfi_personality_id @var{id}}
4771@cindex @code{cfi_personality_id} directive
4772@code{cfi_personality_id} defines a personality routine by its index as
4773defined in a compact unwinding format.
4774Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4775with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4776
4777@subsection @code{.cfi_fde_data [@var{opcode1} [, @dots{}]]}
4778@cindex @code{cfi_fde_data} directive
4779@code{cfi_fde_data} is used to describe the compact unwind opcodes to be
4780used for the current function. These are emitted inline in the
4781@code{.eh_frame_entry} section if small enough and there is no LSDA, or
4782in the @code{.gnu.extab} section otherwise.
4783Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4784with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4785
d3b47e2b 4786@subsection @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
9b8ae42e
JJ
4787@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4788@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
2f0c68f2
CM
4789should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), the second
4790argument is not present, otherwise the second argument should be a constant
9b8ae42e 4791or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
2f0c68f2
CM
4792meaning that no LSDA is present.
4793
4794@subsection @code{.cfi_inline_lsda} [@var{align}]
4795@code{.cfi_inline_lsda} marks the start of a LSDA data section and
4796switches to the corresponding @code{.gnu.extab} section.
4797Must be preceded by a CFI block containing a @code{.cfi_lsda} directive.
4798Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4799with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4800
4801The table header and unwinding opcodes will be generated at this point,
4802so that they are immediately followed by the LSDA data. The symbol
4803referenced by the @code{.cfi_lsda} directive should still be defined
4804in case a fallback FDE based encoding is used. The LSDA data is terminated
4805by a section directive.
4806
4807The optional @var{align} argument specifies the alignment required.
4808The alignment is specified as a power of two, as with the
4809@code{.p2align} directive.
9b8ae42e 4810
d3b47e2b 4811@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4812@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4813address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4814
d3b47e2b 4815@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
54cfded0
AM
4816@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4817now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4818remains the same.
4819
d3b47e2b 4820@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4821@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4822remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4823absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4824CFA address.
4825
d3b47e2b 4826@subsection @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4827Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4828value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4829
d3b47e2b 4830@subsection @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4831Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4832CFA.
54cfded0 4833
084303b8
AK
4834@subsection @code{.cfi_val_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4835Previous value of @var{register} is CFA + @var{offset}.
4836
d3b47e2b 4837@subsection @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
17076204
RH
4838Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4839the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4840using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4841This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4842code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4843
d3b47e2b 4844@subsection @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4b7d318b
L
4845Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4846
d3b47e2b 4847@subsection @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4848@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4849same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4850instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4851
d3b47e2b 4852@subsection @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4b7d318b
L
4853From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4854
d3b47e2b 4855@subsection @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4856Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4857i.e. no restoration needed.
4858
48eac74c
MG
4859@subsection @code{.cfi_remember_state} and @code{.cfi_restore_state}
4860@code{.cfi_remember_state} pushes the set of rules for every register onto an
4861implicit stack, while @code{.cfi_restore_state} pops them off the stack and
4862places them in the current row. This is useful for situations where you have
4863multiple @code{.cfi_*} directives that need to be undone due to the control
4864flow of the program. For example, we could have something like this (assuming
4865the CFA is the value of @code{rbp}):
4866
4867@smallexample
4868 je label
4869 popq %rbx
4870 .cfi_restore %rbx
4871 popq %r12
4872 .cfi_restore %r12
4873 popq %rbp
4874 .cfi_restore %rbp
4875 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4876 ret
4877label:
4878 /* Do something else */
4879@end smallexample
4880
4881Here, we want the @code{.cfi} directives to affect only the rows corresponding
4882to the instructions before @code{label}. This means we'd have to add multiple
4883@code{.cfi} directives after @code{label} to recreate the original save
4884locations of the registers, as well as setting the CFA back to the value of
4885@code{rbp}. This would be clumsy, and result in a larger binary size. Instead,
4886we can write:
4887
4888@smallexample
4889 je label
4890 popq %rbx
4891 .cfi_remember_state
4892 .cfi_restore %rbx
4893 popq %r12
4894 .cfi_restore %r12
4895 popq %rbp
4896 .cfi_restore %rbp
4897 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4898 ret
4899label:
4900 .cfi_restore_state
4901 /* Do something else */
4902@end smallexample
4903
4904That way, the rules for the instructions after @code{label} will be the same
4905as before the first @code{.cfi_restore} without having to use multiple
4906@code{.cfi} directives.
4b7d318b 4907
d3b47e2b 4908@subsection @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4909Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4910directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4911
d3b47e2b 4912@subsection @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
63752a75
JJ
4913Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4914
d3b47e2b 4915@subsection @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4916SPARC register window has been saved.
4917
d3b47e2b 4918@subsection @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
cdfbf930
RH
4919Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4920might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4921opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4922
d3b47e2b 4923@subsection @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
f1c4cc75
RH
4924The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4925will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4926description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4927
4928The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4929limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4930mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4931by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4932or another register.
4933
ccf8a69b
BW
4934@node Comm
4935@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4936
ccf8a69b
BW
4937@cindex @code{comm} directive
4938@cindex symbol, common
4939@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4940common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4941of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4942definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4943allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4944absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4945the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4946using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4947
c1711530
DK
4948@ifset COFF-ELF
4949When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4950an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4951specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4952that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4953as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4954boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4955power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4956common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4957alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4958largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4959maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4960is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4961@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4962multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4963It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4964(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4965@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4966
ccf8a69b
BW
4967@ifset HPPA
4968The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4969@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4970@end ifset
07a53e5c 4971
252b5132
RH
4972@node Data
4973@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4974
4975@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4976@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4977end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4978absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4979to zero.
4980
4981@ifset COFF
4982@node Def
4983@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4984
4985@cindex @code{def} directive
4986@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4987@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4988Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4989definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4990@ifset BOUT
4991
a4fb0134 4992This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4993format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4994but ignored.
4995@end ifset
4996@end ifset
4997
4998@ifset aout-bout
4999@node Desc
5000@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
5001
5002@cindex @code{desc} directive
5003@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
5004@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
5005This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
5006to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
5007
5008@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 5009The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 5010configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 5011object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
5012it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
5013@end ifset
5014@end ifset
5015
5016@ifset COFF
5017@node Dim
5018@section @code{.dim}
5019
5020@cindex @code{dim} directive
5021@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
5022@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
5023This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
5024information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
5025@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
5026@ifset BOUT
5027
5028@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 5029@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
5030ignores it.
5031@end ifset
5032@end ifset
5033
5034@node Double
5035@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
5036
5037@cindex @code{double} directive
5038@cindex floating point numbers (double)
5039@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5040assembles floating point numbers.
5041@ifset GENERIC
5042The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5043@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5044@end ifset
5045@ifclear GENERIC
5046@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5047On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
5048in @sc{ieee} format.
5049@end ifset
5050@end ifclear
5051
5052@node Eject
5053@section @code{.eject}
5054
5055@cindex @code{eject} directive
5056@cindex new page, in listings
5057@cindex page, in listings
5058@cindex listing control: new page
5059Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
5060
5061@node Else
5062@section @code{.else}
5063
5064@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 5065@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5066assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
5067of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
5068was false.
5069
3fd9f047
TW
5070@node Elseif
5071@section @code{.elseif}
5072
5073@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 5074@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5075assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
5076@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
5077
252b5132
RH
5078@node End
5079@section @code{.end}
5080
5081@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 5082@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
5083process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
5084
5085@ifset COFF
5086@node Endef
5087@section @code{.endef}
5088
5089@cindex @code{endef} directive
5090This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
5091@code{.def}.
5092@ifset BOUT
5093
5094@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 5095@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
5096directive but ignores it.
5097@end ifset
5098@end ifset
5099
5100@node Endfunc
5101@section @code{.endfunc}
5102@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
5103@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
5104
5105@node Endif
5106@section @code{.endif}
5107
5108@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 5109@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
5110it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
5111conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
5112
5113@node Equ
5114@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5115
5116@cindex @code{equ} directive
5117@cindex assigning values to symbols
5118@cindex symbols, assigning values to
5119This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 5120It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
5121
5122@ifset HPPA
01642c12 5123The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
5124@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
5125@end ifset
5126
3c9b82ba 5127@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
5128The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
5129@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 5130On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 5131but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 5132Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
5133@end ifset
5134
252b5132
RH
5135@node Equiv
5136@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5137@cindex @code{equiv} directive
5138The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
5139the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
5140symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
5141undefined.
252b5132 5142
01642c12 5143Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
5144@smallexample
5145.ifdef SYM
5146.err
5147.endif
5148.equ SYM,VAL
5149@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
5150plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
5151
5152@node Eqv
5153@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5154@cindex @code{eqv} directive
5155The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
5156evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
5157the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
5158value is taken.
252b5132
RH
5159
5160@node Err
5161@section @code{.err}
5162@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
5163If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
5164message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 5165object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 5166
d190d046
HPN
5167@node Error
5168@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
5169@cindex error directive
5170
5171Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
5172string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
5173message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
5174@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
5175
5176@smallexample
5177 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
5178@end smallexample
5179
252b5132
RH
5180@node Exitm
5181@section @code{.exitm}
5182Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
5183
5184@node Extern
5185@section @code{.extern}
5186
5187@cindex @code{extern} directive
5188@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 5189with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
5190all undefined symbols as external.
5191
5192@node Fail
5193@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
5194
5195@cindex @code{fail} directive
5196Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
5197or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
5198than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
5199include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
5200complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
5201
252b5132 5202@node File
14082c76 5203@section @code{.file}
252b5132 5204@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
5205
5206@ifclear no-file-dir
5207There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
5208that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
5209@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
5210
5211@subheading Default Version
5212
252b5132
RH
5213@cindex logical file name
5214@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
5215This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
5216are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
5217
5218@smallexample
5219.file @var{string}
5220@end smallexample
5221
5222@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
5223recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
5224to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
5225statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 5226old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
5227
5228@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
5229@end ifclear
5230
14082c76
BW
5231When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
5232to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
5233
5234@smallexample
5235.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
5236@end smallexample
5237
5238The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
5239index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
5240literal.
5241
5242The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
5243table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
5244information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
5245entries will have.
5246
252b5132
RH
5247@node Fill
5248@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
5249
5250@cindex @code{fill} directive
5251@cindex writing patterns in memory
5252@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 5253@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
5254This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
5255may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
5256more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
5257other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
5258is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
5259zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 5260byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
5261Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
5262@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
5263compatible with other people's assemblers.
5264
5265@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
5266If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
5267assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
5268@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
5269
5270@node Float
5271@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
5272
5273@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5274@cindex @code{float} directive
5275This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5276has the same effect as @code{.single}.
5277@ifset GENERIC
5278The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5279@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
5280@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
5281@end ifset
5282@ifclear GENERIC
5283@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5284On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5285in @sc{ieee} format.
5286@end ifset
5287@end ifclear
5288
5289@node Func
5290@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5291@cindex @code{func} directive
5292@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5293is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5294Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5295@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5296prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5297@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5298All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5299The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5300
5301@node Global
5302@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5303
5304@cindex @code{global} directive
5305@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5306@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5307@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5308other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5309@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5310from another file linked into the same program.
5311
5312Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5313compatibility with other assemblers.
5314
5315@ifset HPPA
5316On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5317partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5318@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5319@end ifset
5320
c91d2e08 5321@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5322@node Gnu_attribute
5323@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5324Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5325
c91d2e08
NC
5326@node Hidden
5327@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5328
c1253627
NC
5329@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5330@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5331This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5332@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5333@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5334
5335This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5336their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5337@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5338Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5339@end ifset
5340
252b5132
RH
5341@node hword
5342@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5343
5344@cindex @code{hword} directive
5345@cindex integers, 16-bit
5346@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5347@cindex sixteen bit integers
5348This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5349a 16 bit number for each.
5350
5351@ifset GENERIC
5352This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5353architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5354@end ifset
5355@ifclear GENERIC
5356@ifset W32
5357This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5358@end ifset
5359@ifset W16
5360This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5361@end ifset
5362@end ifclear
5363
5364@node Ident
5365@section @code{.ident}
5366
5367@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5368
5369This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5370behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5371a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5372source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5373for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5374@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5375emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5376
5377@node If
5378@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5379
5380@cindex conditional assembly
5381@cindex @code{if} directive
5382@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5383considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5384(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5385the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5386(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5387alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5388If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5389nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5390
5391The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5392@table @code
5393@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5394@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5395Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5396has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5397is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5398
26aca5f6
JB
5399@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5400@item .ifb @var{text}
5401Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5402
252b5132
RH
5403@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5404@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5405Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5406strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5407the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5408end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5409string comparison is case sensitive.
5410
5411@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5412@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5413Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5414
5415@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5416@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5417Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5418
5419@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5420@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5421Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5422equal to zero.
5423
5424@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5425@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5426Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5427
5428@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5429@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5430Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5431to zero.
5432
5433@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5434@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5435Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5436
26aca5f6
JB
5437@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5438@item .ifnb @var{text}
5439Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5440following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5441
252b5132
RH
5442@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5443@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5444Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5445following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5446
5447@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5448@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5449@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5450@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5451Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5452has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5453which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5454
5455@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5456@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5457Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5458(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5459
5460@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5461@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5462Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5463following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5464@end table
5465
7e005732
NC
5466@node Incbin
5467@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5468
5469@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5470@cindex binary files, including
5471The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5472location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5473option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5474around @var{file}.
5475
5476The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5477@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5478read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5479responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5480after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5481
252b5132
RH
5482@node Include
5483@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5484
5485@cindex @code{include} directive
5486@cindex supporting files, including
5487@cindex files, including
5488This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5489points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5490if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5491included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5492can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5493(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5494around @var{file}.
5495
5496@node Int
5497@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5498
5499@cindex @code{int} directive
5500@cindex integers, 32-bit
5501Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5502For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5503expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5504of target the assembly is for.
5505
5506@ifclear GENERIC
5507@ifset H8
7be1c489 5508On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5509integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
551032-bit integers.
5511@end ifset
5512@end ifclear
5513
c91d2e08
NC
5514@ifset ELF
5515@node Internal
5516@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5517
c1253627
NC
5518@cindex @code{internal} directive
5519@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5520This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5521@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5522@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5523
5524This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5525their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5526@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5527(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5528processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5529@end ifset
5530
252b5132
RH
5531@node Irp
5532@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5533
5534@cindex @code{irp} directive
5535Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5536The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5537terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5538set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5539@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5540@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5541sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5542
5543For example, assembling
5544
5545@example
5546 .irp param,1,2,3
5547 move d\param,sp@@-
5548 .endr
5549@end example
5550
5551is equivalent to assembling
5552
5553@example
5554 move d1,sp@@-
5555 move d2,sp@@-
5556 move d3,sp@@-
5557@end example
5558
96e9638b 5559For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5560
252b5132
RH
5561@node Irpc
5562@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5563
5564@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5565Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5566The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5567terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5568@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5569assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5570assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5571@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5572
5573For example, assembling
5574
5575@example
5576 .irpc param,123
5577 move d\param,sp@@-
5578 .endr
5579@end example
5580
5581is equivalent to assembling
5582
5583@example
5584 move d1,sp@@-
5585 move d2,sp@@-
5586 move d3,sp@@-
5587@end example
5588
5e75c3ab
JB
5589For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5590at @xref{Macro}.
5591
252b5132
RH
5592@node Lcomm
5593@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5594
5595@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5596@cindex local common symbols
5597@cindex symbols, local common
5598Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5599denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5600those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5601section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5602is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5603not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5604
5605@ifset GENERIC
5606Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5607argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5608@end ifset
5609
5610@ifset HPPA
5611The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5612@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5613@end ifset
5614
5615@node Lflags
5616@section @code{.lflags}
5617
5618@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5619@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5620assemblers, but ignores it.
5621
5622@ifclear no-line-dir
5623@node Line
5624@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5625
5626@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5627@cindex logical line number
5628@ifset aout-bout
5629Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5630expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5631statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5632reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5633@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5634for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5635@end ifset
5636
252b5132 5637Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5638@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5639when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5640were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5641@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5642
5643Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5644used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5645debugging.
5646@end ifclear
5647
5648@node Linkonce
5649@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5650@cindex COMDAT
5651@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5652@cindex common sections
5653Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5654This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5655but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5656The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5657Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5658unique.
5659
5660This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5661writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5662Executable format used on Windows NT.
5663
5664The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5665following strings. For example:
5666@smallexample
5667.linkonce same_size
5668@end smallexample
5669Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5670
5671@table @code
5672@item discard
5673Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5674
5675@item one_only
5676Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5677
5678@item same_size
5679Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5680
5681@item same_contents
5682Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5683@end table
5684
ccf8a69b
BW
5685@node List
5686@section @code{.list}
5687
5688@cindex @code{list} directive
5689@cindex listing control, turning on
5690Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5691not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5692internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5693counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5694generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5695
5696By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5697@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5698the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5699
252b5132
RH
5700@node Ln
5701@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5702
5703@cindex @code{ln} directive
5704@ifclear no-line-dir
5705@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5706@end ifclear
5707@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5708Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5709must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5710line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5711statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5712line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5713@ifset BOUT
5714
a4fb0134 5715This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5716configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5717output format.
5718@end ifset
5719@end ifset
5720
ccf8a69b
BW
5721@node Loc
5722@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5723@cindex @code{loc} directive
5724When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5725the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5726number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5727instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5728arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5729the row is added.
252b5132 5730
ccf8a69b
BW
5731The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5732
5733@table @code
5734@item basic_block
5735This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5736@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5737
5738@item prologue_end
5739This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5740@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5741
5742@item epilogue_begin
5743This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5744@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5745
5746@item is_stmt @var{value}
5747This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5748@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5749either 0 or 1.
5750
5751@item isa @var{value}
5752This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5753state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5754
92846e72
CC
5755@item discriminator @var{value}
5756This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5757state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5758
ccf8a69b
BW
5759@end table
5760
5761@node Loc_mark_labels
5762@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5763@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5764When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5765the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5766to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5767register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5768The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5769this function respectively.
252b5132 5770
4d4175af
BW
5771@ifset ELF
5772@node Local
5773@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5774
5775@cindex @code{local} directive
5776This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5777the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5778will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5779they will be created.
5780
5781For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5782accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5783the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5784(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5785@end ifset
5786
252b5132
RH
5787@node Long
5788@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5789
5790@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5791@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5792
5793@ignore
5794@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5795@c what it really ought to do
5796@node Lsym
5797@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5798
5799@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5800@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5801@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5802the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5803rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5804the same as the expression value:
5805@smallexample
5806@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5807@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5808@var{value} = @var{expression}
5809@end smallexample
5810@noindent
5811The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5812@end ignore
5813
5814@node Macro
5815@section @code{.macro}
5816
5817@cindex macros
5818The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5819generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5820@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5821
5822@example
5823 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5824 .long \from
5825 .if \to-\from
5826 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5827 .endif
5828 .endm
5829@end example
5830
5831@noindent
5832With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5833
5834@example
5835 .long 0
5836 .long 1
5837 .long 2
5838 .long 3
5839 .long 4
5840 .long 5
5841@end example
5842
5843@ftable @code
5844@item .macro @var{macname}
5845@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5846@cindex @code{macro} directive
5847Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5848definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5849separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5850indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5851@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5852(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5853macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5854cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5855subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5856definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5857
5858@table @code
5859@item .macro comm
5860Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5861arguments.
5862
6258339f 5863@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5864@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5865Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5866which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5867@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5868
5869@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5870Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5871arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5872After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5873@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5874@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5875,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5876@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5877
6eaeac8a
JB
5878@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5879Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5880arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5881not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5882will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5883
252b5132
RH
5884When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5885position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5886@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5887
6258339f
NC
5888@end table
5889
5e75c3ab
JB
5890Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5891as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5892occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5893characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5894(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5895architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5896character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5897replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5898construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5899identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5900this macro definition:
5901
5902@example
5903 .macro label l
5904\l:
5905 .endm
5906@end example
5907
5908might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5909called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5910assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5911identifier.
5912
5913Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5914which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5915for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5916length specifier like this:
5917
5918@example
5919 .macro opcode base length
5920 \base.\length
5921 .endm
5922@end example
5923
5924and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5925instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5926interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5927
5928There are several possible ways around this problem:
5929
5930@table @code
5931@item Insert white space
5932If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5933solution. eg:
5934
5935@example
5936 .macro label l
5937\l :
5938 .endm
5939@end example
5940
5941@item Use @samp{\()}
5942The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5943the following text. eg:
5944
5945@example
5946 .macro opcode base length
5947 \base\().\length
5948 .endm
5949@end example
5950
5951@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5952In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5953used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5954
5955@example
5956 .altmacro
5957 .macro label l
5958l&:
5959 .endm
5960@end example
6258339f 5961@end table
5e75c3ab 5962
96e9638b 5963Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5964also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5965and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5966
252b5132
RH
5967@item .endm
5968@cindex @code{endm} directive
5969Mark the end of a macro definition.
5970
5971@item .exitm
5972@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5973Exit early from the current macro definition.
5974
5975@cindex number of macros executed
5976@cindex macros, count executed
5977@item \@@
a4fb0134 5978@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5979executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5980output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5981
252b5132
RH
5982@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5983@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5984macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5985@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5986@end ftable
252b5132 5987
ccf8a69b
BW
5988@node MRI
5989@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5990
ccf8a69b
BW
5991@cindex @code{mri} directive
5992@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5993If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5994@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5995affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5996of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5997
caa32fe5
NC
5998@node Noaltmacro
5999@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 6000Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 6001
252b5132
RH
6002@node Nolist
6003@section @code{.nolist}
6004
6005@cindex @code{nolist} directive
6006@cindex listing control, turning off
6007Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
6008not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
6009internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
6010counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
6011generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
6012
6013@node Octa
6014@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
6015
6016@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
6017@cindex @code{octa} directive
6018@cindex integer, 16-byte
6019@cindex sixteen byte integer
6020This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
6021bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
6022
6023The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6024hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
6025
9aec2026
NC
6026@node Offset
6027@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
6028
6029@cindex @code{offset} directive
6030Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
6031be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
6032symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 6033directive.
9aec2026 6034
252b5132
RH
6035@node Org
6036@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
6037
6038@cindex @code{org} directive
6039@cindex location counter, advancing
6040@cindex advancing location counter
6041@cindex current address, advancing
6042Advance the location counter of the current section to
6043@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
6044expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
6045you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
6046wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
6047with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 6048@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6049is the same as the current subsection.
6050
6051@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
6052unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
6053backwards.
6054
6055@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
6056@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
6057@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 6058Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6059may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
6060a chance to share your improved assembler.
6061
6062Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
6063to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
6064people's assemblers.
6065
6066When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
6067intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
6068absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
6069@var{fill} defaults to zero.
6070
6071@node P2align
6072@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
6073
6074@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
6075@cindex @code{p2align} directive
6076Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
6077storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
6078number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
6079advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
6080counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
6081multiple of 8, no change is needed.
6082
6083The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
6084padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
6085padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
6086marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
6087with no-op instructions.
6088
6089The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
6090it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
6091directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
6092specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
6093fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
6094required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
6095with no-op instructions when appropriate.
6096
6097@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
6098@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
6099The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
6100@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
6101pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
6102fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
61032,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
6104filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
6105the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
6106undefined.
6107
ccf8a69b
BW
6108@ifset ELF
6109@node PopSection
6110@section @code{.popsection}
6111
6112@cindex @code{popsection} directive
6113@cindex Section Stack
6114This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6115@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6116@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
6117(@pxref{Previous}).
6118
6119This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
6120section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 6121stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
6122@end ifset
6123
c91d2e08
NC
6124@ifset ELF
6125@node Previous
6126@section @code{.previous}
6127
c1253627 6128@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6129@cindex Section Stack
6130This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
6131@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6132@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
6133(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
6134
6135This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 6136referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 6137@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
6138subsections). For example:
6139
6140@smallexample
6141.section A
6142 .subsection 1
6143 .word 0x1234
6144 .subsection 2
6145 .word 0x5678
6146.previous
6147 .word 0x9abc
6148@end smallexample
6149
6150Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
6151section A. Whilst:
6152
6153@smallexample
6154.section A
6155.subsection 1
6156 # Now in section A subsection 1
6157 .word 0x1234
6158.section B
6159.subsection 0
6160 # Now in section B subsection 0
6161 .word 0x5678
6162.subsection 1
6163 # Now in section B subsection 1
6164 .word 0x9abc
6165.previous
6166 # Now in section B subsection 0
6167 .word 0xdef0
6168@end smallexample
6169
6170Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
6171section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
6172
6173In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
6174the top section on the section stack.
6175@end ifset
6176
252b5132
RH
6177@node Print
6178@section @code{.print @var{string}}
6179
6180@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 6181@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
6182assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
6183
c91d2e08
NC
6184@ifset ELF
6185@node Protected
6186@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
6187
c1253627
NC
6188@cindex @code{protected} directive
6189@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 6190This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 6191@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
6192
6193This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
6194their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
6195@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
6196components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
6197component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 6198this.
c91d2e08
NC
6199@end ifset
6200
252b5132
RH
6201@node Psize
6202@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
6203
6204@cindex @code{psize} directive
6205@cindex listing control: paper size
6206@cindex paper size, for listings
6207Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
6208number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
6209
6210If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
6211of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
6212default width is 200 columns.
6213
a4fb0134 6214@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
6215lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
6216@code{.eject}).
6217
6218If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
6219those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
6220
6221@node Purgem
6222@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
6223
6224@cindex @code{purgem} directive
6225Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
6226expanded. @xref{Macro}.
6227
c91d2e08
NC
6228@ifset ELF
6229@node PushSection
9cfc3331 6230@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 6231
c1253627 6232@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6233@cindex Section Stack
6234This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6235@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6236@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6237(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6238
e9863d7f
DJ
6239This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
6240top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
6241subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
6242@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
6243as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
6244@end ifset
6245
252b5132
RH
6246@node Quad
6247@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
6248
6249@cindex @code{quad} directive
6250@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
6251each bignum, it emits
6252@ifclear bignum-16
6253an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
6254warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
6255@cindex eight-byte integer
6256@cindex integer, 8-byte
6257
6258The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6259hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
6260@end ifclear
6261@ifset bignum-16
6262a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
6263warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
6264@cindex sixteen-byte integer
6265@cindex integer, 16-byte
6266@end ifset
6267
05e9452c
AM
6268@node Reloc
6269@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
6270
6271@cindex @code{reloc} directive
6272Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
6273@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
6274the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
6275symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
6276@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
6277absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
6278targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
6279relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
6280section.
6281
252b5132
RH
6282@node Rept
6283@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
6284
6285@cindex @code{rept} directive
6286Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6287@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6288
6289For example, assembling
6290
6291@example
6292 .rept 3
6293 .long 0
6294 .endr
6295@end example
6296
6297is equivalent to assembling
6298
6299@example
6300 .long 0
6301 .long 0
6302 .long 0
6303@end example
6304
6305@node Sbttl
6306@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6307
6308@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6309@cindex subtitles for listings
6310@cindex listing control: subtitle
6311Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6312title line) when generating assembly listings.
6313
6314This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6315it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6316
6317@ifset COFF
6318@node Scl
6319@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6320
6321@cindex @code{scl} directive
6322@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6323@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6324Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6325used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6326whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6327symbolic debugging information.
6328@ifset BOUT
6329
6330The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 6331configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6332accepts this directive but ignores it.
6333@end ifset
6334@end ifset
6335
c1253627 6336@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6337@node Section
c1253627 6338@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6339
252b5132
RH
6340@cindex named section
6341Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6342named @var{name}.
6343
6344This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6345named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6346with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6347
c1253627
NC
6348@ifset COFF
6349@ifset ELF
6350@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6351@subheading COFF Version
6352@end ifset
6353
6354@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6355For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6356ways:
c91d2e08 6357
252b5132
RH
6358@smallexample
6359.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6360.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6361@end smallexample
6362
6363If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6364section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
eda683bb 6365
252b5132
RH
6366@table @code
6367@item b
6368bss section (uninitialized data)
6369@item n
6370section is not loaded
6371@item w
6372writable section
6373@item d
6374data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6375@item e
6376exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6377@item r
6378read-only section
6379@item x
6380executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6381@item s
6382shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6383@item a
6384ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6385@item y
6386section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6387@item 0-9
6388single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6389@end table
6390
6391If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6392the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6393loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6394from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6395will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6396
6397If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6398taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6399@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6400
6401@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6402@ifset COFF
6403@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6404@subheading ELF Version
6405@end ifset
6406
c91d2e08
NC
6407@cindex Section Stack
6408This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6409@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6410(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6411@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6412
c1253627 6413@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6414For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6415
252b5132 6416@smallexample
7047dd1e 6417.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6418@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6419
451133ce
NP
6420@anchor{Section Name Substitutions}
6421@kindex --sectname-subst
6422@cindex section name substitution
6423If the @samp{--sectname-subst} command-line option is provided, the @var{name}
6424argument may contain a substitution sequence. Only @code{%S} is supported
6425at the moment, and substitutes the current section name. For example:
6426
6427@smallexample
6428.macro exception_code
6429.section %S.exception
6430[exception code here]
6431.previous
6432.endm
6433
6434.text
6435[code]
6436exception_code
6437[...]
6438
6439.section .init
6440[init code]
6441exception_code
6442[...]
6443@end smallexample
6444
6445The two @code{exception_code} invocations above would create the
6446@code{.text.exception} and @code{.init.exception} sections respectively.
6447This is useful e.g. to discriminate between anciliary sections that are
6448tied to setup code to be discarded after use from anciliary sections that
6449need to stay resident without having to define multiple @code{exception_code}
6450macros just for that purpose.
6451
252b5132 6452The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6453combination of the following characters:
eda683bb 6454
252b5132
RH
6455@table @code
6456@item a
6457section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
6458@item e
6459section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6460@item w
6461section is writable
6462@item x
6463section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6464@item M
6465section is mergeable
6466@item S
6467section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6468@item G
6469section is a member of a section group
6470@item T
6471section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6472@item ?
6473section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
eda683bb 6474@item @code{<number>}
9fb71ee4
NC
6475a numeric value indicating the bits to be set in the ELF section header's flags
6476field. Note - if one or more of the alphabetic characters described above is
6477also included in the flags field, their bit values will be ORed into the
6478resulting value.
eda683bb
NC
6479@item @code{<target specific>}
6480some targets extend this list with their own flag characters
252b5132
RH
6481@end table
6482
9fb71ee4
NC
6483Note - once a section's flags have been set they cannot be changed. There are
6484a few exceptions to this rule however. Processor and application specific
6485flags can be added to an already defined section. The @code{.interp},
6486@code{.strtab} and @code{.symtab} sections can have the allocate flag
6487(@code{a}) set after they are initially defined, and the @code{.note-GNU-stack}
eda683bb 6488section may have the executable (@code{x}) flag added.
9fb71ee4 6489
252b5132 6490The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
eda683bb 6491
252b5132
RH
6492@table @code
6493@item @@progbits
6494section contains data
6495@item @@nobits
6496section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6497@item @@note
6498section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6499@item @@init_array
6500section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6501@item @@fini_array
6502section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6503@item @@preinit_array
6504section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
eda683bb 6505@item @@@code{<number>}
9fb71ee4 6506a numeric value to be set as the ELF section header's type field.
eda683bb 6507@item @@@code{<target specific>}
9fb71ee4 6508some targets extend this list with their own types
252b5132
RH
6509@end table
6510
9fb71ee4
NC
6511Many targets only support the first three section types. The type may be
6512enclosed in double quotes if necessary.
10b016c2 6513
ececec60
NC
6514Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6515ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6516@code{%} character.
6517
9fb71ee4
NC
6518Note - some sections, eg @code{.text} and @code{.data} are considered to be
6519special and have fixed types. Any attempt to declare them with a different
6520type will generate an error from the assembler.
6521
22fe14ad 6522If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6523be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6524
6525@smallexample
6526.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6527@end smallexample
6528
6529Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6530constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6531@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6532@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6533the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6534absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6535which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6536@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6537@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6538
6539If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6540be present along with an additional field like this:
6541
6542@smallexample
6543.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6544@end smallexample
6545
6546The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6547particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
eda683bb 6548
22fe14ad
NC
6549@table @code
6550@item comdat
6551indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6552@item .gnu.linkonce
6553an alias for comdat
6554@end table
6555
96e9638b 6556Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6557the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6558
6559@smallexample
6560.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6561@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6562
01642c12
RM
6563If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6564@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6565present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6566this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6567@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6568If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6569
252b5132
RH
6570If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6571the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6572none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6573executable. The section will contain data.
6574
6575For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6576directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6577
252b5132
RH
6578@smallexample
6579.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6580@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6581
252b5132
RH
6582Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6583separated flags:
eda683bb 6584
252b5132
RH
6585@table @code
6586@item #alloc
6587section is allocatable
6588@item #write
6589section is writable
6590@item #execinstr
6591section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6592@item #exclude
6593section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6594@item #tls
6595section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6596@end table
c91d2e08 6597
e9863d7f
DJ
6598This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6599contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6600some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6601work.
c1253627
NC
6602@end ifset
6603@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6604
6605@node Set
6606@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6607
6608@cindex @code{set} directive
6609@cindex symbol value, setting
6610Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6611changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6612@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6613flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6614
5d239759
NC
6615You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly provided that the
6616values given to the symbol are constants. Values that are based on expressions
6617involving other symbols are allowed, but some targets may restrict this to only
6618being done once per assembly. This is because those targets do not set the
6619addresses of symbols at assembly time, but rather delay the assignment until a
6620final link is performed. This allows the linker a chance to change the code in
6621the files, changing the location of, and the relative distance between, various
6622different symbols.
252b5132
RH
6623
6624If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6625file is the last value stored into it.
6626
3c9b82ba
NC
6627@ifset Z80
6628On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6629@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6630@end ifset
6631
252b5132
RH
6632@node Short
6633@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6634
6635@cindex @code{short} directive
6636@ifset GENERIC
6637@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6638@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6639
6640In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6641numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6642@end ifset
6643@ifclear GENERIC
6644@ifset W16
6645@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6646@end ifset
6647@ifset W32
6648This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6649a 16 bit number for each.
6650@end ifset
6651@end ifclear
6652
6653@node Single
6654@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6655
6656@cindex @code{single} directive
6657@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6658This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6659has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6660@ifset GENERIC
6661The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6662@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6663@end ifset
6664@ifclear GENERIC
6665@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6666On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6667numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6668@end ifset
6669@end ifclear
6670
c1253627 6671@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6672@node Size
c1253627 6673@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6674
c1253627
NC
6675This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6676
6677@ifset COFF
6678@ifset ELF
6679@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6680@subheading COFF Version
6681@end ifset
6682
6683@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6684For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6685@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6686
6687@smallexample
6688.size @var{expression}
6689@end smallexample
252b5132 6690
c91d2e08 6691@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6692@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6693@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6694ignores it.
6695@end ifset
c1253627 6696@end ifset
c91d2e08 6697
c1253627
NC
6698@ifset ELF
6699@ifset COFF
6700@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6701@subheading ELF Version
6702@end ifset
6703
6704@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6705For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6706
c1253627
NC
6707@smallexample
6708.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6709@end smallexample
6710
6711This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6712The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6713arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6714symbols.
c1253627
NC
6715@end ifset
6716@end ifset
252b5132 6717
252b5132
RH
6718@ifclear no-space-dir
6719@node Skip
6720@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6721
6722@cindex @code{skip} directive
6723@cindex filling memory
6724This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6725@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6726@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6727@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6728@end ifclear
252b5132 6729
ccf8a69b
BW
6730@node Sleb128
6731@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6732
6733@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6734@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6735compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6736symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6737
884f0d36 6738@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6739@node Space
6740@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6741
6742@cindex @code{space} directive
6743@cindex filling memory
6744This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6745@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6746and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6747as @samp{.skip}.
6748
6749@ifset HPPA
6750@quotation
6751@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6752targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6753Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6754@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6755for a summary.
6756@end quotation
6757@end ifset
6758@end ifclear
6759
252b5132
RH
6760@ifset have-stabs
6761@node Stab
6762@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6763
6764@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6765@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6766There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6767All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6768The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6769cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6770Up to five fields are required:
6771
6772@table @var
6773@item string
6774This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6775@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6776debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6777using this field.
6778
6779@item type
6780An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6781this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6782and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6783
6784@item other
6785An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6786low 8 bits of this expression.
6787
6788@item desc
6789An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6790bits of this expression.
6791
6792@item value
6793An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6794@end table
6795
6796If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6797or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6798you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6799compatible with earlier assemblers!
6800
6801@table @code
6802@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6803@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6804
6805The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6806It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6807null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6808strings.
6809
6810The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6811relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6812is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6813assembled.
6814
6815@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6816@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6817The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6818
6819@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6820@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6821All five fields are specified.
6822@end table
6823@end ifset
6824@c end have-stabs
6825
6826@node String
38a57ae7 6827@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6828"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6829
6830@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6831@cindex string8, copying to object file
6832@cindex string16, copying to object file
6833@cindex string32, copying to object file
6834@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6835@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6836@cindex @code{string8} directive
6837@cindex @code{string16} directive
6838@cindex @code{string32} directive
6839@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6840
6841Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6842one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6843particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6844You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6845
01642c12 6846The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6847the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6848copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6849are stored in target endianness byte order.
6850
6851Example:
6852@smallexample
6853 .string32 "BYE"
6854expands to:
6855 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6856 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6857@end smallexample
6858
6859
252b5132
RH
6860@node Struct
6861@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6862
6863@cindex @code{struct} directive
6864Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6865which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6866@smallexample
6867 .struct 0
6868field1:
6869 .struct field1 + 4
6870field2:
6871 .struct field2 + 4
6872field3:
6873@end smallexample
6874This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6875@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6876value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6877use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6878before further assembly.
6879
c91d2e08
NC
6880@ifset ELF
6881@node SubSection
6882@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6883
c1253627 6884@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6885@cindex Section Stack
6886This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6887@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6888@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6889(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6890
6891This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6892section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6893in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6894@end ifset
6895
252b5132
RH
6896@ifset ELF
6897@node Symver
6898@section @code{.symver}
6899@cindex @code{symver} directive
6900@cindex symbol versioning
6901@cindex versions of symbols
6902Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6903within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6904typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6905There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6906into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6907shared library.
6908
79082ff0 6909For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6910@smallexample
6911.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6912@end smallexample
339681c0 6913If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6914being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6915alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6916just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6917permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6918of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6919itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6920have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6921file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6922function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6923the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6924building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6925symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6926nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6927
6928If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6929references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6930reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6931symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6932
6933Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6934@smallexample
6935.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6936@end smallexample
6937In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6938the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6939difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6940references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6941
6942The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6943@smallexample
6944.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6945@end smallexample
6946When @var{name} is not defined within the
6947file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6948@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6949name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6950@end ifset
6951
6952@ifset COFF
6953@node Tag
6954@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6955
6956@cindex COFF structure debugging
6957@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6958@cindex @code{tag} directive
6959This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6960information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6961@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6962definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6963@ifset BOUT
6964
6965@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6966@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6967ignores it.
6968@end ifset
6969@end ifset
6970
6971@node Text
6972@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6973
6974@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6975Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6976the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6977expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6978is used.
6979
6980@node Title
6981@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6982
6983@cindex @code{title} directive
6984@cindex listing control: title line
6985Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6986source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6987
6988This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6989it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6990
c1253627 6991@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6992@node Type
c1253627
NC
6993@section @code{.type}
6994
6995This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6996
6997@ifset COFF
6998@ifset ELF
6999@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7000@subheading COFF Version
7001@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7002
7003@cindex COFF symbol type
7004@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
7005@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
7006For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
7007@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
7008
7009@smallexample
7010.type @var{int}
7011@end smallexample
7012
7013This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
7014entry.
252b5132 7015
c91d2e08 7016@ifset BOUT
252b5132 7017@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 7018@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
7019directive but ignores it.
7020@end ifset
c1253627 7021@end ifset
c91d2e08 7022
c1253627
NC
7023@ifset ELF
7024@ifset COFF
7025@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7026@subheading ELF Version
7027@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7028
7029@cindex ELF symbol type
7030@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
7031@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
7032For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
7033
7034@smallexample
7035.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
7036@end smallexample
7037
7038This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 7039function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 7040supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 7041compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
7042
7043Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
7044@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
7045below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
7046the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
7047maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
7048assemblers.
7049
7050The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
7051
7052@smallexample
5671778d
NC
7053 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
7054 .type <name>,#<type>
7055 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 7056 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
7057 .type <name>,"<type>"
7058@end smallexample
7059
7060The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 7061
5671778d
NC
7062@table @gcctabopt
7063@item STT_FUNC
7064@itemx function
7065Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 7066
d8045f23
NC
7067@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
7068@itemx gnu_indirect_function
7069Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 7070processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 7071
5671778d
NC
7072@item STT_OBJECT
7073@itemx object
7074Mark the symbol as being a data object.
7075
7076@item STT_TLS
7077@itemx tls_object
7078Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
7079
7080@item STT_COMMON
7081@itemx common
7082Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
7083
7084@item STT_NOTYPE
7085@itemx notype
7086Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
7087
3e7a7d11
NC
7088@item gnu_unique_object
7089Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
7090will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
7091name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
7092systems).
3e7a7d11 7093
5671778d
NC
7094@end table
7095
7096Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 7097
c1253627
NC
7098@end ifset
7099@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7100
7101@node Uleb128
7102@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
7103
7104@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 7105@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 7106compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 7107symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
7108
7109@ifset COFF
7110@node Val
7111@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
7112
7113@cindex @code{val} directive
7114@cindex COFF value attribute
7115@cindex value attribute, COFF
7116This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
7117records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
7118entry.
7119@ifset BOUT
7120
a4fb0134 7121@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
7122configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
7123@end ifset
7124@end ifset
7125
2e13b764 7126@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
7127@node Version
7128@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 7129
c1253627 7130@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7131This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
7132formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 7133@end ifset
2e13b764 7134
c91d2e08
NC
7135@ifset ELF
7136@node VTableEntry
7137@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 7138
653cfe85 7139@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7140This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
7141@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 7142
c91d2e08
NC
7143@node VTableInherit
7144@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 7145
653cfe85 7146@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7147This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
7148@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 7149parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 7150parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 7151@end ifset
2e13b764 7152
d190d046
HPN
7153@node Warning
7154@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
7155@cindex warning directive
7156Similar to the directive @code{.error}
7157(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
7158
c91d2e08
NC
7159@node Weak
7160@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 7161
c1253627 7162@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 7163This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 7164@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 7165
01642c12 7166On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 7167directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
7168@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
7169
977cdf5a 7170On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 7171When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 7172alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 7173
06e77878
AO
7174@node Weakref
7175@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
7176
7177@cindex @code{weakref} directive
7178This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
7179be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
7180If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
7181will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
7182symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
7183
7184The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
7185assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
7186symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
7187resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
7188had the references to the alias removed.
7189
7190The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
7191within the assembler.
7192
252b5132
RH
7193@node Word
7194@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7195
7196@cindex @code{word} directive
7197This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
7198separated by commas.
7199@ifclear GENERIC
7200@ifset W32
a4fb0134 7201For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7202@end ifset
7203@ifset W16
a4fb0134 7204For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7205@end ifset
7206@end ifclear
7207@ifset GENERIC
7208
7209The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
7210depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
7211@end ifset
7212
7213@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
7214@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
7215@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7216@cindex difference tables altered
7217@cindex altered difference tables
7218@quotation
7219@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
7220@end quotation
7221
7222@ifset GENERIC
7223Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
7224addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
7225interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
7226@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
7227
7228@end ifset
7229In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 7230@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 7231Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 7232compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 7233directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 7234@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
7235creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
7236This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
7237first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
7238of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
7239table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
7240contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
7241@code{sym2}.
7242
7243If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
7244secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
7245@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
7246long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
7247and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
7248minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
7249entries in the original jump table as necessary.
7250
7251@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 7252@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
7253@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
7254assembly language programmers.
7255@end ifset
7256@end ifset
7257@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7258
7ce98c16
NC
7259@ifclear no-space-dir
7260@node Zero
7261@section @code{.zero @var{size}}
7262
7263@cindex @code{zero} directive
7264@cindex filling memory with zero bytes
7265This directive emits @var{size} 0-valued bytes. @var{size} must be an absolute
7266expression. This directive is actually an alias for the @samp{.skip} directive
7267so in can take an optional second argument of the value to store in the bytes
7268instead of zero. Using @samp{.zero} in this way would be confusing however.
7269@end ifclear
7270
252b5132
RH
7271@node Deprecated
7272@section Deprecated Directives
7273
7274@cindex deprecated directives
7275@cindex obsolescent directives
7276One day these directives won't work.
7277They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
7278@table @t
7279@item .abort
7280@item .line
7281@end table
7282
3a99f02f
DJ
7283@ifset ELF
7284@node Object Attributes
7285@chapter Object Attributes
7286@cindex object attributes
7287
7288@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
7289into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
7290Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
7291point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
7292requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
7293passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
7294hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
7295generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
7296newer generation at run-time.
7297
7298This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
7299@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
7300time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
7301correctly.
7302
7303Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
7304attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
7305string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
7306and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
7307or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
7308attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
7309
7310Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
7311The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
7312
7313@menu
7314* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7315* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
7316@end menu
7317
7318@node GNU Object Attributes
7319@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7320
7321The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
7322with vendor @samp{gnu}.
7323
7324Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
7325its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
7326an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
73272} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
7328architecture-dependent ones.
7329
7330@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
7331
7332These attributes are valid on all architectures.
7333
7334@table @r
7335@item Tag_compatibility (32)
7336The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
7337the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
7338then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
7339than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
7340arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
7341@end table
7342
7343@subsection MIPS Attributes
7344
7345@table @r
7346@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
7347The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7348
7349@itemize @bullet
7350@item
73510 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7352@item
f179c512
MF
73531 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a standard
7354double-precision FPU.
3a99f02f
DJ
7355@item
73562 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
7357@item
73583 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a 7359@item
f179c512
MF
73604 for files using the deprecated hardware floating-point ABI which used 64-bit
7361floating-point registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and increased the
7362number of callee-saved floating-point registers.
7363@item
73645 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a double-precision FPU
7365with either 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point registers and 32-bit
7366general-purpose registers.
7367@item
73686 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7369registers and 32-bit general-purpose registers.
7370@item
73717 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7372registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and a rule that forbids the
7373direct use of odd-numbered single-precision floating-point registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
7374@end itemize
7375@end table
7376
7377@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7378
7379@table @r
7380@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7381The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7382
7383@itemize @bullet
7384@item
73850 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7386@item
3c7b9897 73871 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7388@item
73892 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7390@item
73913 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7392@end itemize
7393
7394@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7395The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7396
7397@itemize @bullet
7398@item
73990 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7400@item
74011 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7402@item
74032 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7404@item
74053 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7406@end itemize
7407@end table
7408
643f7afb
AK
7409@subsection IBM z Systems Attributes
7410
7411@table @r
7412@item Tag_GNU_S390_ABI_Vector (8)
7413The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7414
7415@itemize @bullet
7416@item
74170 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7418@item
74191 for files using software vector ABI.
7420@item
74212 for files using hardware vector ABI.
7422@end itemize
7423@end table
7424
3a99f02f
DJ
7425@node Defining New Object Attributes
7426@section Defining New Object Attributes
7427
7428If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7429will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7430mailing list.
7431
7432@itemize @bullet
7433@item
7434This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7435@item
7436The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7437@item
7438The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7439and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7440@item
7441Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7442@item
7443@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7444@item
7445GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7446@end itemize
7447
7448@end ifset
7449
252b5132
RH
7450@ifset GENERIC
7451@node Machine Dependencies
7452@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7453
7454@cindex machine dependencies
7455The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7456each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7457vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7458directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7459assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7460@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7461optimization.
7462
7463This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7464include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7465subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7466
7467@menu
a06ea964
NC
7468@ifset AARCH64
7469* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7470@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7471@ifset ALPHA
7472* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7473@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7474@ifset ARC
7475* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7476@end ifset
7477@ifset ARM
7478* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7479@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7480@ifset AVR
7481* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7482@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7483@ifset Blackfin
7484* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7485@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7486@ifset CR16
7487* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7488@end ifset
8bf549a8 7489@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7490* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7491@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7492@ifset D10V
7493* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7494@end ifset
7495@ifset D30V
7496* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7497@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7498@ifset EPIPHANY
7499* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7500@end ifset
252b5132 7501@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7502* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7503@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7504@ifset HPPA
7505* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7506@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
7507@ifset I370
7508* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
7509@end ifset
252b5132 7510@ifset I80386
55b62671 7511* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7512@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
7513@ifset I860
7514* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
7515@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7516@ifset I960
7517* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
7518@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7519@ifset IA64
7520* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7521@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7522@ifset IP2K
7523* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7524@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7525@ifset LM32
7526* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7527@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7528@ifset M32C
7529* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7530@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7531@ifset M32R
7532* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7533@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7534@ifset M680X0
7535* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7536@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7537@ifset M68HC11
7538* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7539@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7540@ifset METAG
7541* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7542@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7543@ifset MICROBLAZE
7544* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7545@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7546@ifset MIPS
7547* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7548@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7549@ifset MMIX
7550* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7551@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7552@ifset MSP430
7553* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7554@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7555@ifset NDS32
7556* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7557@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7558@ifset NIOSII
7559* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7560@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7561@ifset NS32K
7562* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7563@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7564@ifset PDP11
7565* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7566@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7567@ifset PJ
7568* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7569@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7570@ifset PPC
7571* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7572@end ifset
99c513f6
DD
7573@ifset RL78
7574* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7575@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7576@ifset RX
7577* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7578@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7579@ifset S390
7580* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7581@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7582@ifset SCORE
7583* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7584@end ifset
d3b47e2b
L
7585@ifset SH
7586* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
7587* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
7588@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7589@ifset SPARC
7590* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7591@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7592@ifset TIC54X
7593* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7594@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7595@ifset TIC6X
7596* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7597@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7598@ifset TILEGX
7599* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7600@end ifset
7601@ifset TILEPRO
7602* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7603@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7604@ifset V850
7605* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7606@end ifset
b6605ddd
EB
7607@ifset VAX
7608* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7609@end ifset
7610@ifset VISIUM
7611* Visium-Dependent:: Visium Dependent Features
7612@end ifset
f6c1a2d5
NC
7613@ifset XGATE
7614* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Features
7615@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7616@ifset XSTORMY16
7617* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7618@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7619@ifset XTENSA
7620* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7621@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7622@ifset Z80
7623* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7624@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7625@ifset Z8000
7626* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7627@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7628@end menu
7629
7630@lowersections
7631@end ifset
7632
7633@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7634@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7635@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7636@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7637@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7638@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7639@c in both conditional blocks.
7640
a06ea964
NC
7641@ifset AARCH64
7642@include c-aarch64.texi
7643@end ifset
7644
625e1353
RH
7645@ifset ALPHA
7646@include c-alpha.texi
7647@end ifset
7648
7649@ifset ARC
7650@include c-arc.texi
7651@end ifset
7652
252b5132
RH
7653@ifset ARM
7654@include c-arm.texi
7655@end ifset
7656
8473f7a4
DC
7657@ifset AVR
7658@include c-avr.texi
7659@end ifset
7660
3b4e1885 7661@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7662@include c-bfin.texi
7663@end ifset
7664
3d3d428f
NC
7665@ifset CR16
7666@include c-cr16.texi
7667@end ifset
7668
328eb32e
HPN
7669@ifset CRIS
7670@include c-cris.texi
7671@end ifset
7672
c2dcd04e 7673@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7674@ifclear GENERIC
7675@node Machine Dependencies
7676@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7677
c2dcd04e 7678The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7679and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7680chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7681family.
7682
7683@menu
c2dcd04e 7684* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7685* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7686@end menu
7687@lowersections
7688@end ifclear
7689@end ifset
7690
7691@ifset D10V
7692@include c-d10v.texi
7693@end ifset
7694
7695@ifset D30V
7696@include c-d30v.texi
7697@end ifset
7698
cfb8c092
NC
7699@ifset EPIPHANY
7700@include c-epiphany.texi
7701@end ifset
7702
252b5132
RH
7703@ifset H8/300
7704@include c-h8300.texi
7705@end ifset
7706
252b5132
RH
7707@ifset HPPA
7708@include c-hppa.texi
7709@end ifset
7710
5b93d8bb
AM
7711@ifset I370
7712@include c-i370.texi
7713@end ifset
7714
252b5132
RH
7715@ifset I80386
7716@include c-i386.texi
7717@end ifset
7718
e3308d0d
JE
7719@ifset I860
7720@include c-i860.texi
7721@end ifset
7722
252b5132
RH
7723@ifset I960
7724@include c-i960.texi
7725@end ifset
7726
9e32ca89
NC
7727@ifset IA64
7728@include c-ia64.texi
7729@end ifset
7730
a40cbfa3
NC
7731@ifset IP2K
7732@include c-ip2k.texi
7733@end ifset
7734
84e94c90
NC
7735@ifset LM32
7736@include c-lm32.texi
7737@end ifset
7738
49f58d10
JB
7739@ifset M32C
7740@include c-m32c.texi
7741@end ifset
7742
ec694b89
NC
7743@ifset M32R
7744@include c-m32r.texi
7745@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7746
7747@ifset M680X0
7748@include c-m68k.texi
7749@end ifset
7750
60bcf0fa
NC
7751@ifset M68HC11
7752@include c-m68hc11.texi
7753@end ifset
7754
a3c62988
NC
7755@ifset METAG
7756@include c-metag.texi
7757@end ifset
7758
01642c12 7759@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7760@include c-microblaze.texi
7761@end ifset
7762
252b5132
RH
7763@ifset MIPS
7764@include c-mips.texi
7765@end ifset
7766
3c3bdf30
NC
7767@ifset MMIX
7768@include c-mmix.texi
7769@end ifset
7770
2469cfa2
NC
7771@ifset MSP430
7772@include c-msp430.texi
7773@end ifset
7774
35c08157
KLC
7775@ifset NDS32
7776@include c-nds32.texi
7777@end ifset
7778
36591ba1
SL
7779@ifset NIOSII
7780@include c-nios2.texi
7781@end ifset
7782
252b5132
RH
7783@ifset NS32K
7784@include c-ns32k.texi
7785@end ifset
7786
e135f41b
NC
7787@ifset PDP11
7788@include c-pdp11.texi
7789@end ifset
7790
041dd5a9
ILT
7791@ifset PJ
7792@include c-pj.texi
7793@end ifset
7794
418c1742
MG
7795@ifset PPC
7796@include c-ppc.texi
7797@end ifset
7798
99c513f6
DD
7799@ifset RL78
7800@include c-rl78.texi
7801@end ifset
7802
046d31c2
NC
7803@ifset RX
7804@include c-rx.texi
7805@end ifset
7806
11c19e16
MS
7807@ifset S390
7808@include c-s390.texi
7809@end ifset
7810
c0157db4
NC
7811@ifset SCORE
7812@include c-score.texi
7813@end ifset
7814
252b5132
RH
7815@ifset SH
7816@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7817@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7818@end ifset
7819
7820@ifset SPARC
7821@include c-sparc.texi
7822@end ifset
7823
39bec121
TW
7824@ifset TIC54X
7825@include c-tic54x.texi
7826@end ifset
7827
40b36596
JM
7828@ifset TIC6X
7829@include c-tic6x.texi
7830@end ifset
7831
aa137e4d
NC
7832@ifset TILEGX
7833@include c-tilegx.texi
7834@end ifset
7835
7836@ifset TILEPRO
7837@include c-tilepro.texi
7838@end ifset
7839
b6605ddd
EB
7840@ifset V850
7841@include c-v850.texi
252b5132
RH
7842@end ifset
7843
7844@ifset VAX
7845@include c-vax.texi
7846@end ifset
7847
b6605ddd
EB
7848@ifset VISIUM
7849@include c-visium.texi
252b5132
RH
7850@end ifset
7851
f6c1a2d5
NC
7852@ifset XGATE
7853@include c-xgate.texi
7854@end ifset
7855
6753e72f
NC
7856@ifset XSTORMY16
7857@include c-xstormy16.texi
7858@end ifset
7859
e0001a05
NC
7860@ifset XTENSA
7861@include c-xtensa.texi
7862@end ifset
7863
b6605ddd
EB
7864@ifset Z80
7865@include c-z80.texi
7866@end ifset
7867
7868@ifset Z8000
7869@include c-z8k.texi
7870@end ifset
7871
252b5132
RH
7872@ifset GENERIC
7873@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7874@raisesections
7875@end ifset
7876
7877@node Reporting Bugs
7878@chapter Reporting Bugs
7879@cindex bugs in assembler
7880@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7881
a4fb0134 7882Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7883
7884Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7885not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7886entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7887Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7888
7889In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7890information that enables us to fix the bug.
7891
7892@menu
7893* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7894* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7895@end menu
7896
7897@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7898@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7899@cindex bug criteria
7900
7901If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7902
7903@itemize @bullet
7904@cindex fatal signal
7905@cindex assembler crash
7906@cindex crash of assembler
7907@item
7908If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7909@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7910
7911@cindex error on valid input
7912@item
a4fb0134 7913If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7914
7915@cindex invalid input
7916@item
a4fb0134 7917If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7918is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7919be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7920
7921@item
7922If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7923of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7924@end itemize
7925
7926@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7927@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7928@cindex bug reports
7929@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7930
7931A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7932you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7933contact that organization first.
7934
7935You can find contact information for many support companies and
7936individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7937distribution.
7938
ad22bfe8 7939@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7940In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7941to @value{BUGURL}.
7942@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7943
7944The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7945@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7946fact or leave it out, state it!
7947
7948Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7949and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7950name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7951not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7952happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7953perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7954the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7955give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7956and the most helpful.
7957
7958Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7959it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7960that the bug has not been reported previously.
7961
7962Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7963bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7964respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7965You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7966
7967To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7968
7969@itemize @bullet
7970@item
a4fb0134 7971The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7972it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7973
7974Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7975the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7976
7977@item
a4fb0134 7978Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7979
7980@item
7981The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7982version number.
7983
7984@item
a4fb0134 7985What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7986``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7987
7988@item
7989The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7990observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7991all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7992
7993If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7994and then we might not encounter the bug.
7995
7996@item
7997A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7998the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7999high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
8000when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
8001the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
8002file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 8003@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
8004
8005@item
8006A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
8007incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
8008
a4fb0134 8009Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
8010will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
8011notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
8012make a mistake.
8013
8014Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
8015explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 8016@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
8017library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
8018would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
8019would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
8020expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
8021observations.
8022
8023@item
a4fb0134 8024If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
8025diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
8026option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 8027discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
8028by line number.
8029
8030The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
8031sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
8032@end itemize
8033
8034Here are some things that are not necessary:
8035
8036@itemize @bullet
8037@item
8038A description of the envelope of the bug.
8039
8040Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
8041which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
8042changes will not affect it.
8043
8044This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
8045will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
8046with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
8047We recommend that you save your time for something else.
8048
8049Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
8050of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
8051output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
8052less time, and so on.
8053
8054However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
8055report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
8056
8057@item
8058A patch for the bug.
8059
8060A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
8061the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
8062a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
8063to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
8064
a4fb0134 8065Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
8066construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
8067the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
8068one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
8069
8070And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
8071patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
8072help us to understand.
8073
8074@item
8075A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
8076
8077Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
8078things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
8079@end itemize
8080
8081@node Acknowledgements
8082@chapter Acknowledgements
8083
653cfe85 8084If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 8085it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 8086maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
8087@c (October 2012),
8088the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
8089
8090Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
8091more details?}
8092
8093Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
8094information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
8095extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
8096
8097K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
8098many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
8099up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
8100testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
8101including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
8102and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
8103support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
8104port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
8105file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
8106assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
8107
8108Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
8109in format-specific I/O modules.
8110
8111The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
8112has done much work with it since.
8113
8114The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
8115
8116Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
8117
8118The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
8119University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
8120
8121Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
8122(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
8123(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
8124support a.out format.
8125
7be1c489
AM
8126Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
8127tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
8128Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
8129use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
8130targets.
8131
8132John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
8133simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
8134updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 8135fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
8136remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
8137cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
8138required the proverbial one-bit fix.
8139
8140Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
814168k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
8142added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
8143PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
8144
653cfe85 8145Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
8146
8147Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
8148
8149Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
8150along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
8151formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
8152the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
8153
8154Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
8155Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
8156Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
8157Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
8158and some initial 64-bit support).
8159
c1253627 8160Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 8161
252b5132
RH
8162Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
8163support for openVMS/Alpha.
8164
39bec121
TW
8165Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
8166flavors.
8167
e0001a05 8168David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 8169Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 8170
252b5132
RH
8171Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
8172configuration enhancements.
8173
84e94c90
NC
8174Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
8175
252b5132
RH
8176Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
8177you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
8178want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
8179intentionally leaving anyone out.
8180
793c5807
NC
8181@node GNU Free Documentation License
8182@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 8183@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 8184
370b66a1
CD
8185@node AS Index
8186@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
8187
8188@printindex cp
8189
252b5132
RH
8190@bye
8191@c Local Variables:
8192@c fill-column: 79
8193@c End: